14 CHANNEL COMPUTER SYSTEM

14 CHANNEL COMPUTER SYSTEM
TM
TM
1M23N27907
14 CHANNEL COMPUTER SYSTEM
TM
TM
Technical updates and additional programming examples available at: http://www.futaba-rc.com/faq
Entire Contents © 2012
7$%/(2)&217(176
INTRODUCTION............................................... 4
Ɣ6XSSRUWDQG6HUYLFH ......................................... 4
Ɣ$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ ........... 5
Ɣ'H¿QLWLRQVRI6\PEROV ...................................... 6
Ɣ6DIHW\3UHFDXWLRQVGRQRWRSHUDWHZLWKRXW
UHDGLQJ ............................................................. 6
%()25(86( ................................................... 10
Ɣ)HDWXUHVRI6*............................................ 10
Ɣ&RQWHQWVDQGWHFKQLFDOVSHFL¿FDWLRQV ........... 11
Ɣ$FFHVVRULHV....................................................... 12
Ɣ7UDQVPLWWHUFRQWUROV ....................................... 13
&DXWLRQVRQKDQGOLQJDQWHQQD ...................... 14
/('PRQLWRU ................................................... 14
6ZLWFK6$6+ ............................................... 15
'LJLWDOWULP77 ....................................... 15
9ROXPH/'5' ............................................ 15
6OLGH/HYHU/656 ....................................... 15
+20((;,780(18021%XWWRQ ........ 15
Touch sensor ................................................... 16
6WLFNDGMXVWPHQW ............................................. 17
6'FDUG ............................................................ 19
&RQQHFWRU3OXJ ............................................... 21
,QVWDOODWLRQDQGUHPRYDORIWKHEDWWHU\ ........ 22
Ɣ5HFHLYHUQRPHQFODWXUH ................................... 24
Ɣ5HFHLYHU
VDQWHQQDLQVWDOODWLRQ ...................... 26
Ɣ6DIHW\SUHFDXWLRQVZKHQLQVWDOOLQJVHUYRV ... 27
Ɣ6%866%86,QVWDOODWLRQ ............................ 28
Ɣ6%86:LULQJH[DPSOH ................................... 29
Ɣ+RZWRWXUQ212))WKHWUDQVPLWWHU .......... 34
:KHQWXUQLQJRQ ............................................ 34
:KHQWXUQLQJRII ............................................ 34
/RZEDWWHU\DODUPDQGDXWRVKXWGRZQ ...... 34
:DUQLQJGLVSOD\DWSRZHURQ ........................ 34
Ɣ5HJLVWUDWLRQRIWKHXVHU
VQDPH ..................... 34
Ɣ+RPHVFUHHQ .................................................... 35
8VHU0HQX ....................................................... 36
Ɣ/LQNSURFHGXUH76*56% ............... 37
Ɣ5DQJHWHVWLQJ\RXU5&V\VWHP...................... 39
5$&(,9(5$1'6(592,167$//$7,21 . 40
Ɣ5HFHLYHUDQGVHUYRVFRQQHFWLRQ ..................... 40
Ɣ6HUYRFRQQHFWLRQE\PRGHOW\SH .................... 41
02'(/%$6,&6(77,1*352&('85( ... 44
Ɣ$LUSODQHJOLGHUEDVLFVHWWLQJSURFHGXUH........ 44
Ɣ+HOLFRSWHUEDVLFVHWWLQJSURFHGXUH ................ 46
)81&7,2162)6<67(00(18 ................ 50
7UDLQHU ............................................................. 51
'LVSOD\ ............................................................. 54
User Name ....................................................... 55
6RXQG ............................................................... 56
+:6HWWLQJ..................................................... 57
6WDUW6(/ ....................................................... 59
$XWR/RFN....................................................... 62
,QIRUPDWLRQ .................................................... 63
6%866HUYR .................................................... 64
Ɣ6%866\VWHP ................................................ 30
Ɣ6%866%86'HYLFHVHWWLQJ ......................... 31
)81&7,2162)/,1.$*(0(18 ............. 67
Ɣ7HOHPHWU\6\VWHP ............................................ 32
&RPPRQ)XQFWLRQV
/LQNDJH0HQXIXQFWLRQVWDEOH ...................... 67
6HUYR0RQLWRU ................................................. 68
0RGHO6HOHFW .................................................... 69
0RGHO7\SH...................................................... 71
%$6,&23(5$7,21 ....................................... 33
Ɣ%DWWHU\&KDUJLQJ ............................................ 33
+RZWRFKDUJHWKH1L0+%DWWHU\ ................. 33
2 <Table of Contents>
6\VWHP ............................................................. 73
)XQFWLRQ .......................................................... 76
6XE7ULP ......................................................... 78
6HUYR5HYHUVH ................................................. 79
)DLO6DIH ........................................................... 80
(QG3RLQW ........................................................ 81
6HUYR6SHHG .................................................... 82
7KURWWOH&XW$LU+HOLRQO\ .......................... 83
,GOH'RZQ$LURQO\ ...................................... 84
6ZDVK5LQJ+HOLRQO\ .................................. 85
6ZDVK+HOLRQO\H[FHSW+........................ 86
776HWWLQJ .................................................. 89
:DUQLQJ........................................................... 90
7HOHPHWU\......................................................... 91
7HOHPHWU\5[EDWW .......................................... 92
7HOHPHWU\([WYROW ......................................... 93
7HOHPHWU\WHPS............................................... 94
7HOHPHWU\USP ................................................ 95
7HOHPHWU\DOWLWXGH .......................................... 96
7HOHPHWU\YDULR .............................................. 97
7HOHPHWU\EDWWHU\ ........................................... 98
7HOHPHWU\GLVWDQFH ......................................... 99
7HOHPHWU\VSHHG............................................ 101
6HQVRU ............................................................ 102
6HQVRUUHORDG ................................................ 103
6HQVRUUHJLVWHU .............................................. 103
6HQVRUUHORFDWH ............................................. 104
6HQVRUVHWVORW ............................................... 104
Data Reset ..................................................... 105
)81&7,2162)02'(/0(18 ............... 106
Ɣ&RPPRQ)XQFWLRQV ...................................... 106
6HUYR0RQLWRU/LQNDJH0HQX
&RQGLWLRQ6HOHFW*OLG+HOLRQO\ ................ 107
Dual Rate ...................................................... 109
3URJUDP0L[..................................................111
)XHO0L[$LU+HOLRQO\ .............................. 113
Ɣ$LUSODQH*OLGHU)XQFWLRQV ........................... 115
0RGHO0HQXIXQFWLRQVOLVW ........................... 115
3LWFK&XUYH$LU*OLG ................................. 117
7+5&XUYH$LURQO\ .................................. 118
7+5'HOD\$LURQO\................................... 119
$,/'LIIHUHQWLDO([FHSW$,/ ................. 120
)ODS6HWWLQJ)/3DQGXS ........................ 121
$,/WR&DPEHU)/3$,/)/3DQGXS
$,/WR%UDNH)/3*OLGRQO\)/3 ........ 123
$,/WR58' ................................................... 124
58'WR$,/ ................................................... 125
&DPEHU0L[([FHSW$,/ ....................... 127
(/(WR&DPEHU([FHSW$,/.................. 129
&DPEHU)/3WR(/($,/)/3DQGXS 130
%XWWHUÀ\*OLGRQO\QRUPDOZLQJ$,/DQG
XSÀ\LQJZLQJ$,/)/3DQGXS ...... 131
7ULP0L[*OLGRQO\$,/DQGXS ........... 133
$LUEUDNH$LURQO\$,/DQGXS ............. 135
*\UR$LURQO\IRU*<$W\SHJ\UR ............ 137
9WDLO .............................................................. 139
$LOHYDWRU ........................................................ 140
:LQJOHW)O\LQJZLQJRQO\ .......................... 141
0RWRU ............................................................. 142
58'WR(/($LURQO\ ................................ 144
6QDS5ROO$LURQO\ ..................................... 145
Ɣ+HOLFRSWHU)XQFWLRQV .................................... 147
0RGHO0HQXIXQFWLRQVOLVW ........................... 147
3,7&XUYH3LWWULP ....................................... 148
7+5&XUYH7KURWWOHKRYHUWULP7KURWWOH
OLPLWHU ......................................................... 151
7+5+ROG...................................................... 154
6ZDVK0L[ ..................................................... 155
7+50L[ ....................................................... 156
3,7WR58'5HYROXWLRQPL[ ..................... 157
*\URIRU*<W\SHJ\UR .............................. 158
*RYHUQRU ....................................................... 161
$33(1',; ...................................................... 164
7LPHU6767 ............................................. 164
6ZLWFK6HWWLQJ0HWKRG ................................. 166
<Table of Contents>
3
INTRODUCTION
Thank you for purchasing a Futaba® FASSTest-2.4GHz* 14SG series digital proportional R/C system. This
system is extremely versatile and may be used by beginners and pros alike. In order for you to make the
EHVW XVH RI \RXU V\VWHP DQG WR À\ VDIHO\ SOHDVH UHDG WKLV PDQXDO FDUHIXOO\ ,I \RX KDYH DQ\ GLI¿FXOWLHV
ZKLOHXVLQJ\RXUV\VWHPSOHDVHFRQVXOWWKHPDQXDORXURQOLQH)UHTXHQWO\$VNHG4XHVWLRQVRQWKHZHE
SDJHVUHIHUHQFHGEHORZ\RXUKREE\GHDOHURUWKH)XWDED6HUYLFH&HQWHU
*FASSTest: Futaba Advanced Spread Spectrum Technology extend system telemetry
'XHWRXQIRUHVHHQFKDQJHVLQSURGXFWLRQSURFHGXUHVWKHLQIRUPDWLRQFRQWDLQHGLQWKLVPDQXDOLVVXEMHFWWR
change without notice.
6XSSRUW DQG 6HUYLFH ,W LV UHFRPPHQGHG WR KDYH \RXU )XWDED HTXLSPHQW VHUYLFHG DQQXDOO\ GXULQJ \RXU
hobby’s “off season” to ensure safe operation.
IN NORTH AMERICA
3OHDVH IHHO IUHH WR FRQWDFW WKH )XWDED 6HUYLFH &HQWHU IRU DVVLVWDQFH LQ RSHUDWLRQ XVH DQG SURJUDPPLQJ
3OHDVH EH VXUH WR UHJXODUO\ YLVLW WKH 6* )UHTXHQWO\$VNHG 4XHVWLRQV ZHE VLWH DW ZZZIXWDEDUFFRP
IDT 7KLV SDJH LQFOXGHV H[WHQVLYH SURJUDPPLQJ XVH VHW XS DQG VDIHW\ LQIRUPDWLRQ RQ WKH 6* UDGLR
system and is updated regularly. Any technical updates and US manual corrections will be available on this
ZHESDJH,I\RXGRQRW¿QGWKHDQVZHUVWR\RXUTXHVWLRQVWKHUHSOHDVHVHHWKHHQGRIRXU)$4DUHDIRU
information on contacting us via email for the most rapid and convenient response.
'RQ¶WKDYH,QWHUQHWDFFHVV",QWHUQHWDFFHVVLVDYDLODEOHDWQRFKDUJHDWPRVWSXEOLFOLEUDULHVVFKRROVDQG
RWKHUSXEOLFUHVRXUFHV:H¿QGLQWHUQHWVXSSRUWWREHDIDEXORXVUHIHUHQFHIRUPDQ\PRGHOHUVDVLWHPVFDQ
EHSULQWHGDQGVDYHGIRUIXWXUHUHIHUHQFHDQGFDQEHDFFHVVHGDWDQ\KRXURIWKHGD\QLJKWZHHNHQGRU
KROLGD\,I\RXGRQRWZLVKWRDFFHVVWKHLQWHUQHWIRULQIRUPDWLRQKRZHYHUGRQ¶WZRUU\2XUVXSSRUWWHDPV
are available Monday through Friday 8-5 Central time to assist you.
FOR SERVICE ONLY:
Futaba Service Center
1$SROOR'ULYH6XLWH
&KDPSDLJQ,/
Phone: 217-398-0007
www.futaba-rc.com/service.html
Email: service@futaba-rc.com
FOR SUPPORT :
(PROGRAMMING AND USER QUESTIONS)
3OHDVHVWDUWKHUHIRUDQVZHUVWRPRVWTXHVWLRQV
ZZZIXWDEDUFFRPIDT
Fax: 217-398-7721
Phone: 217-398-8970 option 2
OUTSIDE NORTH AMERICA
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXU)XWDEDLPSRUWHULQ\RXUUHJLRQRIWKHZRUOGWRDVVLVW\RXZLWKDQ\TXHVWLRQVSUREOHPV
or service needs.
3OHDVHUHFRJQL]HWKDWDOOLQIRUPDWLRQLQWKLVPDQXDODQGDOOVXSSRUWDYDLODELOLW\LVEDVHGXSRQWKHV\VWHPV
sold in North America only. Products purchased elsewhere may vary. Always contact your region’s support
center for assistance.
4 <Introduction>
$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ
7KLVSURGXFWPD\EHXVHGIRUPRGHODLUSODQHRUVXUIDFHERDWFDUURERWXVH,WLVQRWLQWHQGHGIRUXVH
in any application other than the control of models for hobby and recreational purposes. The product is
VXEMHFWWRUHJXODWLRQVRIWKH0LQLVWU\RI5DGLR7HOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQVDQGLVUHVWULFWHGXQGHU-DSDQHVHODZWR
such purposes.
2. Exportation precautions:
D:KHQWKLVSURGXFWLVH[SRUWHGIURPWKHFRXQWU\RIPDQXIDFWXUHLWVXVHLVWREHDSSURYHGE\WKHODZV
JRYHUQLQJWKHFRXQWU\RIGHVWLQDWLRQZKLFKJRYHUQGHYLFHVWKDWHPLWUDGLRIUHTXHQFLHV,IWKLVSURGXFWLV
WKHQUHH[SRUWHGWRRWKHUFRXQWULHVLWPD\EHVXEMHFWWRUHVWULFWLRQVRQVXFKH[SRUW3ULRUDSSURYDORIWKH
DSSURSULDWHJRYHUQPHQWDXWKRULWLHVPD\EHUHTXLUHG,I\RXKDYHSXUFKDVHGWKLVSURGXFWIURPDQH[SRUWHU
RXWVLGH \RXU FRXQWU\ DQG QRW WKH DXWKRUL]HG )XWDED GLVWULEXWRU LQ \RXU FRXQWU\ SOHDVH FRQWDFW WKH VHOOHU
immediately to determine if such export regulations have been met.
E8VHRIWKLVSURGXFWZLWKRWKHUWKDQPRGHOVPD\EHUHVWULFWHGE\([SRUWDQG7UDGH&RQWURO5HJXODWLRQV
DQGDQDSSOLFDWLRQIRUH[SRUWDSSURYDOPXVWEHVXEPLWWHG7KLVHTXLSPHQWPXVWQRWEHXWLOL]HGWRRSHUDWH
HTXLSPHQWRWKHUWKDQUDGLRFRQWUROOHGPRGHOV
0RGLILFDWLRQ DGMXVWPHQW DQG UHSODFHPHQW RI SDUWV )XWDED LV QRW UHVSRQVLEOH IRU XQDXWKRUL]HG
PRGLILFDWLRQ DGMXVWPHQW DQG UHSODFHPHQW RI SDUWV RQ WKLV SURGXFW$Q\ VXFK FKDQJHV PD\ YRLG WKH
warranty.
Compliance Information Statement (for U.S.A.)
7KLVGHYLFHWUDGHQDPH)XWDED&RUSRUDWLRQRI$PHULFDPRGHOQXPEHU56%FRPSOLHVZLWKSDUWRI
WKH)&&5XOHV2SHUDWLRQLVVXEMHFWWRWKHIROORZLQJWZRFRQGLWLRQV
7KLVGHYLFHPD\QRWFDXVHKDUPIXOLQWHUIHUHQFHDQG
7KLV GHYLFH PXVW DFFHSW DQ\ LQWHUIHUHQFH UHFHLYHG LQFOXGLQJ LQWHUIHUHQFH WKDW PD\ FDXVH XQGHVLUHG
operation.
The responsible party of this device compliance is:
Futaba Service Center
1$SROOR'ULYH6XLWH&KDPSDLJQ,/86$
7(/RU(PDLOVXSSRUW#IXWDEDUFFRP6XSSRUW
7(/RU(PDLOVHUYLFH#IXWDEDUFFRP6HUYLFH
7KH 5%5& 6($/ RQ WKH QLFNHOFDGPLXP EDWWHU\ FRQWDLQHG LQ )XWDED SURGXFWV LQGLFDWHV WKDW
Futaba Corporation of America is voluntarily participating in an industry-wide program to collect
DQGUHF\FOHWKHVHEDWWHULHVDWWKHHQGRIWKHLUXVHIXOOLYHVZKHQWDNHQRXWRIVHUYLFHZLWKLQWKH
8QLWHG 6WDWHV7KH 5%5& SURJUDP SURYLGHV D FRQYHQLHQW DOWHUQDWLYH WR SODFLQJ XVHG QLFNHO
FDGPLXPEDWWHULHVLQWRWKHWUDVKRUPXQLFLSDOZDVWHV\VWHPZKLFKLVLOOHJDOLQVRPHDUHDV.
IRU86$
You may contact your local recycling center for information on where to return the spent battery. Please
FDOO %$77(5< IRU LQIRUPDWLRQ RQ 1L&G EDWWHU\ UHF\FOLQJ LQ \RXU DUHD )XWDED &RUSRUDWLRQ RI
America's involvement in this program is part of its commitment to protecting our environment and
conserving natural resources.
5%5&LVDWUDGHPDUNRIWKH5HFKDUJHDEOH%DWWHU\5HF\FOLQJ&RUSRUDWLRQ
<Introduction>
5
Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement (for U.S.A.)
7KLVHTXLSPHQWKDVEHHQWHVWHGDQGIRXQGWRFRPSO\ZLWKWKHOLPLWVIRUD&ODVV%GLJLWDOGHYLFHSXUVXDQW
to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful
interference in a residential installation.
7KLV HTXLSPHQW JHQHUDWHV XVHV DQG FDQ UDGLDWH UDGLR IUHTXHQF\ HQHUJ\ DQG LI QRW LQVWDOOHG DQG XVHG LQ
DFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKHLQVWUXFWLRQVPD\FDXVHKDUPIXOLQWHUIHUHQFHWRUDGLRFRPPXQLFDWLRQV+RZHYHUWKHUH
LV QR JXDUDQWHH WKDW LQWHUIHUHQFH ZLOO QRW RFFXU LQ D SDUWLFXODU LQVWDOODWLRQ ,I WKLV HTXLSPHQW GRHV FDXVH
KDUPIXOLQWHUIHUHQFHWRUDGLRRUWHOHYLVLRQUHFHSWLRQZKLFKFDQEHGHWHUPLQHGE\WXUQLQJWKHHTXLSPHQWRII
DQGRQWKHXVHULVHQFRXUDJHGWRWU\WRFRUUHFWWKHLQWHUIHUHQFHE\RQHRUPRUHRIWKHIROORZLQJPHDVXUHV
--Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
,QFUHDVHWKHVHSDUDWLRQEHWZHHQWKHHTXLSPHQWDQGUHFHLYHU
--Consult the dealer or your Futaba Serivce center for help.
CAUTION:
To assure continued FCC compliance:
$Q\FKDQJHVRUPRGL¿FDWLRQVQRWH[SUHVVO\DSSURYHGE\WKHJUDQWHHRIWKLVGHYLFHFRXOGYRLGWKHXVHU
V
DXWKRULW\WRRSHUDWHWKHHTXLSPHQW
Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation
7RFRPSO\ZLWK)&&5)H[SRVXUHFRPSOLDQFHUHTXLUHPHQWVDVHSDUDWLRQGLVWDQFHRIDWOHDVWFPPXVWEH
maintained between the antenna of this device and all persons.
7KLVGHYLFHPXVWQRWEHFRORFDWHGRURSHUDWLQJLQFRQMXQFWLRQZLWKDQ\RWKHUDQWHQQDRUWUDQVPLWWHU
Meaning of Special Markings
Pay special attention to safety where indicated by the following marks:
DANGER3URFHGXUHVZKLFKPD\OHDGWRGDQJHURXVFRQGLWLRQVDQGFDXVHGHDWKVHULRXVLQMXU\LIQRW
carried out properly.
WARNING3URFHGXUHVZKLFKPD\OHDGWRDGDQJHURXVFRQGLWLRQRUFDXVHGHDWKRUVHULRXVLQMXU\
WR WKH XVHU LI QRW FDUULHG RXW SURSHUO\ RU SURFHGXUHV ZKHUH WKH SUREDELOLW\ RI VXSHU¿FLDO LQMXU\ RU
physical damage is high.
CAUTION 3URFHGXUHV ZKHUH WKH SRVVLELOLW\ RI VHULRXV LQMXU\ WR WKH XVHU LV VPDOO EXW WKHUH LV D
GDQJHURILQMXU\RUSK\VLFDOGDPDJHLIQRWFDUULHGRXWSURSHUO\
= Prohibited
= Mandatory
Warning: Always keep electrical components away from small children.
FLYING SAFETY
WARNING
7RHQVXUHWKHVDIHW\RI\RXUVHOIDQGRWKHUVSOHDVHREVHUYHWKHIROORZLQJSUHFDXWLRQV
Have regular maintenance performed. Although your 14SG protects the model memories with
QRQYRODWLOH((3520PHPRU\ZKLFKGRHVQRWUHTXLUHSHULRGLFUHSODFHPHQWDQGQRWDEDWWHU\WKH
transmitter still should have regular checkups for wear and tear. We recommend sending your system
WR WKH )XWDED 6HUYLFH &HQWHU DQQXDOO\ GXULQJ \RXU QRQÀ\LQJVHDVRQ IRU D FRPSOHWH FKHFNXS DQG
service.
6 <Introduction>
NiMH/NiCd Battery
Charge the batteries!6HH&KDUJLQJWKH1L&GEDWWHULHVIRUGHWDLOV$OZD\VUHFKDUJHWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
DQGUHFHLYHUEDWWHULHVEHIRUHHDFKÀ\LQJVHVVLRQ$ORZEDWWHU\ZLOOVRRQGLHSRWHQWLDOO\FDXVLQJORVV
RIFRQWURODQGDFUDVK:KHQ\RXEHJLQ\RXUÀ\LQJVHVVLRQUHVHW\RXU76*¶VEXLOWLQWLPHUDQG
during the session pay attention to the duration of usage.
6WRSÀ\LQJORQJEHIRUH\RXUEDWWHULHVEHFRPHORZRQFKDUJH'RQRWUHO\RQ\RXUUDGLR¶VORZ
EDWWHU\ZDUQLQJV\VWHPVLQWHQGHGRQO\DVDSUHFDXWLRQWRWHOO\RXZKHQWRUHFKDUJH$OZD\V
FKHFN\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUDQGUHFHLYHUEDWWHULHVSULRUWRHDFKÀLJKW
Where to Fly
We recommend that you fly at a recognized model airplane flying field. You can find model clubs
DQG ILHOGV E\ DVNLQJ \RXU QHDUHVW KREE\ GHDOHU RU LQ WKH 86 E\ FRQWDFWLQJ WKH$FDGHP\ RI 0RGHO
Aeronautics.
<RXFDQDOVRFRQWDFWWKHQDWLRQDO$FDGHP\RI0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV$0$ZKLFKKDVPRUHWKDQ
FKDUWHUHGFOXEVDFURVVWKHFRXQWU\7KURXJKDQ\RQHRIWKHPLQVWUXFWRUWUDLQLQJSURJUDPVDQGLQVXUHG
newcomer training are available. Contact the AMA at the address or toll-free phone number below.
Academy of Model Aeronautics
(DVW0HPRULDO'ULYH
0XQFLH,1
7HOH
)D[
or via the Internet at http:\\www.modelaircraft.org
$OZD\V SD\ SDUWLFXODU DWWHQWLRQ WR WKH À\LQJ ¿HOG¶V UXOHV as well as the presence and location
RIVSHFWDWRUVWKHZLQGGLUHFWLRQDQGDQ\REVWDFOHVRQWKH¿HOG%HYHU\FDUHIXOÀ\LQJLQDUHDVQHDU
SRZHU OLQHV WDOO EXLOGLQJV RU FRPPXQLFDWLRQ IDFLOLWLHV DV WKHUH PD\ EH UDGLR LQWHUIHUHQFH LQ WKHLU
vicinity.
<Introduction>
7
NiMH/NiCd Battery Safety and Handling instructions
IMPORTANT!
Use only the Futaba special charger included with this set or other chargers approved by Futaba to
charge the NiMH batteries in the T14SG transmitter included with this set.
It is important to understand the operating characteristics of NiMH/NiCd batteries.Always read the
VSHFL¿FDWLRQVSULQWHGRQWKHODEHORI\RXU1L0+1L&GEDWWHU\DQGFKDUJHUSULRUWRXVH)DLOXUHWRIROORZ
WKH SURFHHGLQJ SUHFDXWLRQV FDQ TXLFNO\ UHVXOW LQ VHYHUH SHUPDQHQW GDPDJH WR WKH EDWWHULHV DQG LWV
surroundings and possibly result in a FIRE!
IMPORTANT PRECAUTIONS
Do not attempt to disassemble NiMH/NiCd packs or cells.
Do not allow NiMH/NiCd cells to come in contact with moisture or water at any time.
$OZD\VSURYLGHDGHTXDWHYHQWLODWLRQDURXQG1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVGXULQJFKDUJHGLVFKDUJHZKLOHLQ
XVHDQGGXULQJVWRUDJH
Do not leave a NiMH/NiCd battery unattended at any time while being charged or discharged.
'RQRWDWWHPSWWRFKDUJH1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVZLWKDFKDUJHUWKDWLV127GHVLJQHGIRU1L0+1L&G
EDWWHULHVDVSHUPDQHQWGDPDJHWRWKHEDWWHU\DQGFKDUJHUFRXOGUHVXOW
$OZD\VFKDUJH1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVLQD¿UHSURRIORFDWLRQ'RQRWFKDUJHRUGLVFKDUJH1L0+1L&G
EDWWHULHVRQFDUSHWDFOXWWHUHGZRUNEHQFKQHDUSDSHUSODVWLFYLQ\OOHDWKHURUZRRGRULQVLGHDQ5
&PRGHORUIXOOVL]HGDXWRPRELOH0RQLWRUWKHFKDUJHDUHDZLWKDVPRNHRU¿UHDODUP
'R QRW FKDUJH 1L0+1L&G EDWWHULHV DW FXUUHQWV JUHDWHU WKDQ WKH ³&´ UDWLQJ RI WKH EDWWHU\ ³&´
HTXDOVWKHUDWHGFDSDFLW\RIWKHEDWWHU\
Do not allow NiMH/NiCd cells to overheat at any time! Cells which reach greater than 140 degrees
)DKUHQKHLWƒ&VKRXOGEHSODFHGLQD¿UHSURRIORFDWLRQ
NiMH/NiCd cells will not charge fully when too cold or show full charge.
,WLVQRUPDOIRUWKHEDWWHULHVWREHFRPHZDUPGXULQJFKDUJLQJEXWLIWKHFKDUJHURUEDWWHU\EHFRPHV
excessively hot disconnect the battery from the charger immediately!! Always inspect a battery which
KDVSUHYLRXVO\RYHUKHDWHGIRUSRWHQWLDOGDPDJHDQGGRQRWUHXVHLI\RXVXVSHFWLWKDVEHHQGDPDJHG
in any way.
Do not use a NiMH/NiCd battery if you suspect physical damage has occurred to the pack. Carefully
LQVSHFWWKHEDWWHU\IRUHYHQWKHVPDOOHVWRIGHQWVFUDFNVVSOLWVSXQFWXUHVRUGDPDJHWRWKHZLULQJ
DQGFRQQHFWRUV'2127DOORZWKHEDWWHU\¶VLQWHUQDOHOHFWURO\WHWRJHWLQWRH\HVRURQVNLQ²ZDVK
DIIHFWHGDUHDVLPPHGLDWHO\LIWKH\FRPHLQFRQWDFWZLWKWKHHOHFWURO\WH,ILQGRXEWSODFHWKHEDWWHU\
LQD¿UHSURRIORFDWLRQIRUDWOHDVWPLQXWHV
'RQRWVWRUHEDWWHULHVQHDUDQRSHQÀDPHRUKHDWHU
Do not discharge NiMH/NiCd batteries at currents which exceed the discharge current rating of the
battery.
Always store NiMH/NiCd cells/packs in a secure location away from children.
Secure Digital (SD) Memory Card Handling Instructions
6'FDUGLVQRWLQFOXGHGZLWKWKLVVHW
Never remove the SD card or turn off power
while entering data.
Never store the SD card where it may be
VXEMHFW WR VWURQJ VWDWLF HOHFWULFLW\ RU PDJQHWLF
¿HOGV
'R QRW H[SRVH WKH 6' FDUG WR GLUHFW VXQOLJKW
excessive humidity or corrosive environments.
8 <Introduction>
'R QRW H[SRVH WKH 6' FDUG WR GLUW PRLVWXUH
ZDWHURUÀXLGVRIDQ\NLQG
Always hold the SD card by the edges during
installation and removal.
%H FHUWDLQ WR LQVHUW WKH 6' FDUG LQ WKH FRUUHFW
direction.
$WWKHÀ\LQJ¿HOG
7R SUHYHQW SRVVLEOH GDPDJH WR \RXU UDGLR JHDU WXUQ WKH SRZHU VZLWFKHV RQ DQG RII LQ WKH SURSHU
VHTXHQFH
3XOOWKURWWOHVWLFNWRLGOHSRVLWLRQRURWKHUZLVHGLVDUP\RXUPRWRUHQJLQH
2. Turn on the transmitter power and allow your transmitter to reach its home screen.
&RQ¿UPWKHSURSHUPRGHOPHPRU\KDVEHHQVHOHFWHG
4. Turn on your receiver power.
7HVWDOOFRQWUROV,IDVHUYRRSHUDWHVDEQRUPDOO\GRQ¶WDWWHPSWWRÀ\XQWLO\RXGHWHUPLQHWKHFDXVHRI
the problem.
7HVWWRHQVXUHWKDWWKH)DLO6DIHVHWWLQJVDUHFRUUHFWDIWHUDGMXVWLQJWKHP7XUQWKHWUDQVPLWWHURIIDQG
FRQ¿UPWKHSURSHUVXUIDFHWKURWWOHPRYHPHQWV7XUQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUEDFNRQ
6WDUW\RXUHQJLQH
7. Complete a full range check.
$IWHU À\LQJ EULQJ \RXU WKURWWOH VWLFN WR LGOH SRVLWLRQ HQJDJH DQ\ NLOO VZLWFKHV RU RWKHUZLVH GLVDUP
your motor/engine.
9. Turn off receiver power.
10. Turn off transmitter power.
,I \RX GR QRW WXUQ RQ \RXU V\VWHP LQ WKLV RUGHU \RX PD\ GDPDJH \RXU VHUYRV RU FRQWURO VXUIDFHV
IORRG \RXU HQJLQH RU LQ WKH FDVH RI HOHFWULFSRZHUHG RU JDVROLQHSRZHUHG PRGHOV WKH HQJLQH PD\
XQH[SHFWHGO\WXUQRQDQGFDXVHDVHYHUHLQMXU\
:KLOH\RXDUHJHWWLQJUHDG\WRÀ\LI\RXSODFH\RXUWUDQVPLWWHURQWKHJURXQGEHVXUHWKDWWKH
ZLQGZRQ
WWLSLWRYHU,ILWLVNQRFNHGRYHUWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNPD\EHDFFLGHQWDOO\PRYHGFDXVLQJ
WKHHQJLQHWRVSHHGXS$OVRGDPDJHWR\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUPD\RFFXU
In order to maintain complete control of your aircraft it is important that it remains visible at all
times)O\LQJEHKLQGODUJHREMHFWVVXFKDVEXLOGLQJVJUDLQELQVHWFLVQRWVXJJHVWHG'RLQJVRPD\
UHVXOWLQWKHUHGXFWLRQRIWKHTXDOLW\RIWKHUDGLRIUHTXHQF\OLQNWRWKHPRGHO
'R QRW JUDVS WKH WUDQVPLWWHU
V DQWHQQD GXULQJ ÀLJKW 'RLQJ VR PD\ GHJUDGH WKH TXDOLW\ RI WKH
UDGLRIUHTXHQF\WUDQVPLVVLRQ
$VZLWKDOOUDGLRIUHTXHQF\WUDQVPLVVLRQVWKHVWURQJHVWDUHDRIVLJQDOWUDQVPLVVLRQLVIURPWKHVLGHV
RIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
VDQWHQQD$VVXFKWKHDQWHQQDVKRXOGQRWEHSRLQWHGGLUHFWO\DWWKHPRGHO,I\RXU
À\LQJVW\OHFUHDWHVWKLVVLWXDWLRQHDVLO\PRYHWKHDQWHQQDWRFRUUHFWWKLVVLWXDWLRQ
'RQ¶W IO\ LQ WKH UDLQ Water or moisture may enter the transmitter through the antenna or stick
openings and cause erratic operation or loss of control. If you must fly in wet weather during a
FRQWHVW EH VXUH WR FRYHU \RXU WUDQVPLWWHU ZLWK D SODVWLF EDJ RU ZDWHUSURRI EDUULHU 1HYHU IO\ LI
lightning is expected.
<Introduction>
9
BEFORE USE
Features
FASSTest system
The T14SG transmitter has adopted the newly developed bidirectional communication system
"FASSTest".Data from the receiver can be checked in your transmitter. FASSTest is a maximum 14
channels (linear 12 channels + switch 2 channels) 2.4GHz dedicated system.
S.BUS2 system
By using the S.BUS2 system multiple servos, gyros and telemetry sensors are easily installed with a
minimum amount of cables.
Model types
Six swash types are available for helicopters. Six types of main wings and three types of tail wings are
available for airplanes and gliders. Functions and mixing functions necessary for each model type are set in
advance at the factory.
Data input
Large graphic LCD and new type Touch Sensor substantially improve ease of setup.
Stick
Improved feel, adjustable length and tension.
Ni-MH battery
T14SG is operated by a 6.0 V/1,800 mAh Nickel-Metal Hydride battery.
SD card (Secure Digital memory card) (Not included)
Model data can be saved to an SD card (SD:32MB-2GB SDHC:4GB-32GB). When T14SG transmitter
VRIWZDUH¿OHVDUHUHOHDVHGWKHVRIWZDUHFDQEHXSGDWHGE\XVLQJDQ6'FDUGXSGDWH
Edit button
Two edit buttons are provided, and the operating screen can be immediately “Returned” to the HOME
screen during operation. Setting operation can be performed easily by combining this button with a touch
sensor.
Vibration function
Selects a function that alerts the operator to various alarms and timers by vibrating the transmitter in
addition to sounding a buzzer.
10 <Before Use>
&RQWHQWVDQG7HFKQLFDO6SHFL¿FDWLRQV
6SHFL¿FDWLRQVDQGUDWLQJVDUHVXEMHFWWRFKDQJHZLWKRXWQRWLFH
Your 14SG includes the following components:
‡76*WUDQVPLWWHUIRUDLUSODQHVRUKHOLFRSWHUV
‡56%5HFHLYHU
‡+7)%1L0+EDWWHU\&KDUJHU
‡/L)HVSDFHUIRURSWLRQDO)7)%)7)%/L)HEDWWHU\SDFN
‡6ZLWFKKDUQHVV
‡1HFNVWUDS
*The set contents depend on the type of set.
Transmitter T14SG
(2-stick, 14-channel, FASSTest-2.4G system)
Transmitting frequency: 2.4GHz band
6\VWHP)$667HVW&+)$667HVW&+)$66708/7)$667&+6)+66VZLWFKDEOH
3RZHUVXSSO\9+7)%1L0+EDWWHU\
Receiver R7008SB
(FASSTest-2.4G system, dual antenna diversity, S.BUS system)
3RZHUUHTXLUHPHQW9a9EDWWHU\RUUHJXODWHGRXWSXWIURP(6&HWF
6L]H[[LQ[[PP
Weight: 0.38 oz. (10.9g)
(*1) When using ESC's make sure that the regulated output capacity meets your usage application.
Note: The battery in the T14SG transmitter is not connected to the battery
connector at initial. Please connect the battery connector before use.
<Before Use>
11
The following additional accessories are available from your dealer. Refer to a Futaba catalog
for more information:
‡+7)%7UDQVPLWWHUEDWWHU\SDFNWKHP$KWUDQVPLWWHU1L0+EDWWHU\SDFNPD\EH
HDVLO\H[FKDQJHGZLWKDIUHVKRQHWRSURYLGHHQRXJKFDSDFLW\IRUH[WHQGHGÀ\LQJVHVVLRQV
‡)7)%)7)%7UDQVPLWWHU/L)HEDWWHU\SDFNFDQDOVREHXVHGE\XVLQJDQH[FOXVLYH
spacer. However, charge with the charger only for LiFe.
‡7UDLQHUFRUGWKHRSWLRQDOWUDLQLQJFRUGPD\EHXVHGWRKHOSDEHJLQQLQJSLORWOHDUQWRÀ\HDVLO\
by placing the instructor on a separate transmitter. Note that the T14SG transmitter may be
connected to another T14SG system, as well as to any other models of Futaba transmitters. The
T14SG transmitter uses one of the three cord plug types according to the transmitter connected.
(Refer to the description at the TRAINER function instructions). The part number of this cord is:
)870
‡6HUYRVWKHUHDUHYDULRXVNLQGVRIVHUYRV3OHDVHFKRRVHIURPWKHVHUYRVRI)XWDEDZKDWVXLWHG
the model and the purpose of using you. If you utilize a S.BUS system, you should choose a S.BUS
servo. An analog servo cannot be used if "FASSTest12CH mode" is used.
‡ 7HOHPHWU\ VHQVRU SOHDVH SXUFKDVH DQ RSWLRQDO VHQVRU LQ RUGHU WR XWLOL]H ELGLUHFWLRQDO
communication system and to acquire the information from a model high up in the sky.
[Temperature sensor : SBS-01T] [Altitude sensor : SBS-01A] [RPM sensor magnet type : SBS01RM][RPM sensor optical type : SBS-01RO] [GPS sensor : SBS-01G] [Voltage sensor : SBS01V]
‡1HFNVWUDSDQHFNVWUDSPD\EHFRQQHFWHGWR\RXU76*V\VWHPWRPDNHLWHDVLHUWRKDQGOHDQG
LPSURYH\RXUÀ\LQJSUHFLVLRQVLQFH\RXUKDQGVZRQ¶WQHHGWRVXSSRUWWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VZHLJKW
‡<KDUQHVVHVVHUYRH[WHQVLRQVKXEHWF*HQXLQH)XWDEDH[WHQVLRQVDQG<KDUQHVVHVLQFOXGLQJ
a heavy-duty version with heavier wire, are available to aid in your larger model and other
installations.
‡*\URVDYDULHW\RIJHQXLQH)XWDEDJ\URVLVDYDLODEOHIRU\RXUDLUFUDIWRUKHOLFRSWHUQHHGV
‡*RYHUQRUIRUKHOLFRSWHUXVH$XWRPDWLFDOO\DGMXVWVWKURWWOHVHUYRSRVLWLRQWRPDLQWDLQDFRQVWDQW
head speed regardless of blade pitch, load, weather, etc.
‡ 5HFHLYHUV YDULRXV PRGHOV RI )XWDED UHFHLYHUV PD\ EH SXUFKDVHG IRU XVH LQ RWKHU PRGHOV
(Receivers for FASSTest and FASST,S-FHSS types are available.)
‡2SWLRQDO&KDUJHU)XWDED&51L0+1L&G7UDQVPLWWHU5HFHLYHU%DWWHU\&KDUJHU
12 <Before Use>
Transmitter controls
●Antenna
●Monitor LED
●Volume(LD,RD)
●Switch(SC,SD,SG,SH)
●Switch(SA,SB,SE,SF)
●Slide Lever(LS)
●Slide Lever(RS)
●Stick
●Stick
(J2)
(J3)
(J4)
(J1)
●HOME/EXIT
Button
●U.MENU/MON.
(User Menu/
Servo Monitor)
ࠉButton
●Digital Trim
(T1,T2)
●Digital Trim
(T3,T4)
●SensorTouchTM
(SYS,LNK,
MDL,RTN,S1)
●Neck Strap Attachment
●Power Switch
*It slides upwards and turns on.
●LCD
●Battery Cover
<Before Use>
13
Transmitter's Antenna:
As with all radio frequency transmissions,
the strongest area of signal transmission is from
the sides of the transmitter's antenna. As such,
the antenna should not be pointed directly at the
PRGHO,I\RXUÀ\LQJVW\OHFUHDWHVWKLVVLWXDWLRQ
easily move the antenna to correct this situation.
Caution
Please do not grasp the transmitter's
DQWHQQDGXULQJÀLJKW
Doing so may degrade the quality of the RF
transmission to the model
Do not carry the transmitter by the
antenna.
‡Rotating antenna
The antenna can be rotated 90 degrees and angled
90 degrees. Forcing the antenna further than this
can damage it. The antenna is not removable.
There is the danger that the antenna wire will break
and operation will become impossible.
Do not pull the antenna forcefully.
There is the danger that the antenna wire will break
and operation will become impossible.
90°
90°
Low power
Monitor LED display
High power
High power
The status of the transmitter is displayed by
LED at the bottom left and right sides of the
"T14SG" logo.
LED (Left)
Displays the "non-default condition" warning.
‡%OLQNLQJ
3RZHU VZLWFK LV WXUQHG RQ ZKHQ DQ\
FRQGLWLRQ VZLWFK LV DFWLYDWHG LQ WKH 21
VWDWH
If you have a transmitter
at an angle of a figure, an
antenna will be good to use
it, bending 90 degrees.
It is not good for there to
be a model on flight in the
direction tip of an antenna.
14 <Before Use>
LED (Right)
Displays the state of radio frequency
transmission.
‡2II
5DGLRZDYHVDUHLQWKH2))VWDWH
‡2Q
5DGLRZDYHVDUHEHLQJWUDQVPLWWHG
‡%OLQNLQJ
5DQJHFKHFNPRGH
Switch (SA-SH)
Slide Lever
6ZLWFK7\SH
‡6$ SRVLWLRQV$OWHUQDWH6KRUWOHYHU
‡6% SRVLWLRQV$OWHUQDWH/RQJOHYHU
‡6& SRVLWLRQV$OWHUQDWH/RQJOHYHU
‡6' SRVLWLRQV$OWHUQDWH6KRUWOHYHU
‡6( SRVLWLRQV$OWHUQDWH6KRUWOHYHU
‡6) SRVLWLRQV$OWHUQDWH/RQJOHYHU
‡6* SRVLWLRQV$OWHUQDWH6KRUWOHYHU
‡6+ SRVLWLRQV0RPHQWDU\/RQJOHYHU
<RXFDQFKRRVHVZLWFKDQGVHWWKH212))GLUHFWLRQLQ
the setting screen of the mixing functions.
LS
RS
Digital Trim
LS (Left), RS (right):
The slide lever LS and RS offer analog input.
T4
T2
T3
T1
*The T14SG transmitter beeps when the lever comes to the
center.
<RX FDQ VHOHFW D VOLGH OHYHU DQG VHW WKH PRYHPHQW
direction on the setting screen of mixing functions.
Digital Trim T1, T2, T3 and T4:
This transmitter is equipped with four (4)
digital trims. Each time you press a trim button,
the trim position moves one step. If you continue
pressing it, the trim position starts to move faster.
In addition, when the trim position returns to
WKHFHQWHUWKHWRQHZLOOFKDQJH<RXFDQDOZD\V
monitor trim positions by referencing the LCD
screen.
<RXFDQVHOHFWWKHWULPVWHSDPRXQWDQGWKHGLVSOD\XQLW
on the home screen on the T1-T4 setting screen within the
linkage menu.
Note: The trim positions you have set will be stored in the
non-volatile memory and will remain there.
HOME/EXIT and U.MENU/MON. Button
HOME/EXIT
Button
U.MENU/MON.
Button
Volume
RETURN
HOME/EXIT:
Return to the previous
screen
Return to the Home
screen
Press
Press and hold
LD
RD
Volume LD and RD:
The volume LD and RD knobs allow for
analog input.
*The T14SG transmitter beeps when the volume knob
reaches the center position.
<RXFDQXVHHDFKVHWWLQJVFUHHQRIWKHPL[LQJIXQFWLRQVWR
VHOHFWYROXPHVDQGGH¿QHWKHGLUHFWLRQRIDPRYHPHQW
It pushes from HOME
screen.
To TELEMETRY display
Push and hold for
one (1) second from
HOME screen.
Key lock On or Off
U.MENU/MON.:
Press
To SERVO MONITOR display
Press and hold
To User Menu display
<Before Use>
15
Touch sensor operation
Data input operation is performed using the touch sensor.
SensorTouch™ operation
s3HORTgTAPg
S1
Condition
Working
If the screen has more than one page. (Ex. P-MIX screen)
The cursor moves to the top of next page.
If the screen have only one (1) page.
The cursor moves to the top of page.
If inputting data while the cursor is blinking.
The input data is canceled.
At the moving cursor mode.
Change to the input data mode.
While in the data input mode.
Changes to the moving cursor mode.
While inputting data while cursor is blinking.
The data is entered.
SYS
At all screens
Jump to System Menu screen directly.
LNK
At all screens
Jump to Linkage Menu screen directly.
MDL
At all screens
Jump to Model Menu screen directly.
At the HOME screen
Key lock On or Off
While inputting data with no blinking cursor.
Reset to the initialized value.
Lightly circling the outside edge of the RTN button.
The cursor moves accordingly.
During the data input mode.
Increases or decreases values accordingly.
RTN
s4WOSHORTgTAPSg
s4OUCH AND HOLD FOR
one (1) second.
S1
RTN
s3CROLLING
Outline
OF
“RTN”
Movement of cursor, value input or mode
selection:
Movement of the cursor on the menu screen
and movement of the cursor among items on a
setup screen can be controlled by scrolling your
¿QJHUWRWKHOHIWDQGULJKWLQWKHGLUHFWLRQRIWKH
DUURZ LQ WKH VFUROOLQJ GLDJUDP DERYH<RX FDQ
also go to the next page, if there is a next page.
This scrolling technique is also used for data
input, value input, mode selection, and similar
operations. Examples include: Value, ON, OFF,
INH, ACT, etc.
RTN button:
Touch the RTN button when you want to open
a setup screen or to switch between cursor move
mode (reverse display) and data input mode (box
display).
This button can also be used as the enter button
ZKHQDFRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HGRQWKH
screen, etc.
16 <Before Use>
S1 button:
When there is a next page on a menu screen or
setup screen, you can go to that page by touching
the S1 button. In this case, the cursor moves to
the screen title item of the page.
Exiting setup screen:
To end the operation on a setup screen and
return to the menu screen, move the cursor to the
screen title item and touch the RTN button.
To return to home screen directly, touch the S1
button for 1 second.
Alternatively, move the cursor to the screen
title item and touch the RTN button to return to
the home screen from a menu screen.
Note:
6FUROORSHUDWLRQ&LUFOH\RXU¿QJHURQWKHRXWVLGHHGJHRI
the RTN button. The sensors may mis-read your touch as
a reverse rotation if the circle is smaller, or performed on
the inside edge of the RTN button.
+ROGWKHOHYHUKHDG%DQGWXUQWKHOHYHU
KHDG $ FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH 7KH ORFN ZLOO
EHUHOHDVHG
7XUQ WKH OHYHUKHDG $ FORFNZLVH DV \RX
KROG WKH OHYHUKHDG % DIWHU SODFLQJ LW DV
\RXOLNH
Adjustment of stick lever tension
The tension of the self-return type stick lever
can be adjusted.
* The SensorTouch™ may not operate smoothly if your
hand is touching the surrounding case parts. Please make
sure that the tip of your finger is actually operating the
SensorTouch™.
)LUVW 5HPRYH WKH EDWWHU\ FRYHU RQ WKH
ERWWRPRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU1H[WXQSOXJWKH
EDWWHU\ZLUHDQGUHPRYHWKHEDWWHU\IURP
WKHWUDQVPLWWHU
1H[WXVLQJDKDQGUHPRYHWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
V
VLGH FRYHU UXEEHU :KHQ XVLQJ 0RGH \RXZLOOQHHGWRUHPRYHWKHVLGHFRYHUWR
H[SRVHWKHWHQVLRQVFUHZ
s)TISONLYTHEMODE
*If the SensorTouch™ does not register your input, please
try again after lightly tapping your finger on the sensor
once again.
* Do not operate the SensorTouch™ while wearing gloves.
The SensorTouch™ may not work correctly.
s3IDE#OVER
Caution
The touch sensor may not operate
correctly if spark noise is generated from
a gasoline engine, etc. Please remove the
transmitter to a location away from the
noise source.
8VLQJ \RXU KDQG UHPRYH WKH WUDQVPLWWHUV
UHDUUXEEHUJULSV
*It is difficult to remove rear grips from the central
site of a transmitter.
Therefore, remove from the outside of rear grips.
Stick Adjustment
Adjustment of the stick lever length
It removes
from here
<RX FDQ DGMXVW WKH OHQJWK RI VWLFN OHYHUV DV
you like. It is recommended to adjust the length
of the sticks in line with your hand size.
Lever Head
A
Lever Head
B
s2EAR'RIP
s2EAR'RIP
<Before Use>
17
8VHDVPDOO3KLOOLSVVFUHZGULYHUWRDGMXVWWKH
VSULQJVWUHQJWKDV\RXSUHIHUE\WXUQLQJWKH
DGMXVWLQJ VFUHZ RI WKH VWLFN \RX ZDQW WR
DGMXVW
*Turning the screw clockwise increases the tension.
&$87,21 ,I \RX ORRVHQ WKH VFUHZ WRR
PXFKLWFDQLQWHUIHUHZLWKWKHRSHUDWLRQRI
WKHVWLFNVLQWHUQDOO\
s3TICK4ENSION*
(Mode 2)
s3TICK4ENSION*
(Mode 1/2)
s3TICK4ENSION*
(Mode 1/2)
s3TICK4ENSION*
(Mode 1)
7 K H V W L F N F D Q E H
DGMXVWHG WR KRZ
TXLFNO\LWUHWXUQVWR
QHXWUDO
+ screw is clockwise.
Stick tension maximum
+ screw is counter-clockwise.
Stick tension minimum
A screw is kept
from coming out
from a line.
*The screw will touch the case.
18 <Before Use>
$WWKHHQGRIDGMXVWPHQWUHLQVWDOOWKHVLGH
FRYHUDQGUHDUJULSV
SD Card (Secure Digital memory card) (Not
included)
The T14SG transmitter model data can be
stored by using any commonly found SD card.
When T14SG transmitter update software is
released, the software is updated using an SD
card. The T14SG is capable of using SD cards
with a memory size SD : 32MB-2GB SDHC :
4GB-32GB.
Inserting/removing the SD card
7XUQ RII WKH WUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU DQG WKHQ
RSHQ WKH EDWWHU\ FRYHU DW WKH ERWWRP RI
WKHWUDQVPLWWHU
① Push to open.
Caution
②Slide in the direction of the
arrow on the battery cover.
Be sure to turn off the power to the
transmitter before inserting or removing
the SD card.
As the SD card is a precision device, do
not use excessive force when inserting.
Restrictions when using an SD card
The following restrictions apply when using an
SD card:
*The SD card must first be initialized using the T14SG
dedicated format. The SD card cannot be used as is
without formatting to the T14SG.
*Initializing destroys all the data previously saved on the
card.
*An SD card formatted to the T14SG cannot be written
GLUHFWO\IURPD3&E\:LQGRZV([SORUHUHWF7KH¿OHV
must be converted and written by the Futaba File System
VRIWZDUH)LOHVDUHLGHQWL¿HGE\QXPEHULQVWHDGRIQDPH
This special conversion software can be downloaded from
Futaba's web site at:
http://www.futaba-rc.com/software-updates.html
③ Battery
ery cover will open downward.
downward
7KH6'FDUGVORWLVVKRZKHUHLQWKHÀJXUH
EHORZ
SD card slot
<Before Use>
19
[Inserting the card]
7XUQ WKH 6' FDUG VR WKDW WKH IURQW RI WKH
FDUGIDFHVWKHUHDURIWKHWUDQVPLWWHUDQG
VOLGHWKHFDUGLQWRWKHFDUGVORW
3XVKLQWKHFDUGXQWLOLWLV¿UPO\VHDWHGLQWKHFDUGVORW
[Removing the card]
:KHQWKH6'FDUGLVSUHVVHGLQRQFHDJDLQ
WKH FDUG ZLOO EH UHOHDVHG IURP WKH FDUG
VORWDQGFDQEHUHPRYHG
&ORVHWKHEDWWHU\FRYHU
SD card initialization
To use an SD card with the T14SG, the card
PXVW¿UVWEHIRUPDWWHG2QFHIRUPDWWHGWKHFDUG
does not have to be reformatted. Formatting is
performed by the T14SG.
>,03257$17@:KHQDQ6'FDUGLVIRUPDWWHG
IRU WKH 76* DOO SUHH[LVWLQJ GDWD LV
GHVWUR\HGDo not format a card containing
important data.
[Formatting procedure]
,QVHUW WKH 6' FDUG LQWR WKH 6' FDUG VORW RI
WKH76*
7 X U Q R Q W K H 7 6 * S R Z H U : K H Q D Q
XQIRUPDWWHGFDUGLVLQVHUWHGLQWRWKH76*
WKHVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZDSSHDUV
,I WKH 76* LV UHDG\ WR IRUPDW PRYH WKH
FXUVRU WR >)250$7@ DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQ 7R FDQFHO IRUPDWWLQJ PRYH WKH
FXUVRU WR >&$1&(/@ DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR><(6@DQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQ
* Formatting starts. During formatting, the [NOW
FORMATTING...] message is displayed.
*When formatting is completed, The [FORMAT
COMPLETED] message is displayed. Depending on the
card capacity and speed, formatting may take as long as
several minutes.
20 <Before Use>
[IMPORTANT] Do not turn off the power until
the [FORMAT COMPLETED] message is
displayed.
(QGIRUPDWWLQJE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
SD card reader/writer
Saving model data and update files (released
from Futaba) to the SD card from your own
PC, you can transfer those file to your T14SG
transmitter. Equipment for reading and writing
SD cards is available at most electronics stores.
Stored data
If you have a problem saving or reading data
after a long period of use, we suggest obtaining a
QHZ6'FDUGWRDYRLGIXUWKHUGLI¿FXOWLHV
*Futaba is not responsible for compensating any failure or
damage to the data stored in the memory card. As such,
we suggest that you maintain a backup of your important
data contained on your SD card.
Connector/Plug
Trainer
Connector
S.BUS (S.I/F)
Connector
Charge
Plug
Earphone
Plug
Connector for trainer function
When you use the trainer function, connect the
optional trainer cable between the transmitters
for teacher and student.
<RXFDQVHWWKHWUDLQHUIXQFWLRQRQWKH7UDLQHU)XQFWLRQ
screen in the System menu.
S.BUS connector (S.I/F)
When setting an S.BUS servo and telemetry
sensor, connect them both here.
6XSSO\SRZHUE\ZD\KXERU<KDUQHVVHV
Earphone plug
It is not used now. (The function after upgrade)
Connector for battery charger
This is the connector for charging the NiMH
EDWWHU\ +7)% WKDW LV LQVWDOOHG LQ WKH
transmitter. Do not use any other chargers except
the attached special charger corresponding to
NiMH battery.
Warning
Do not connect any other chargers except
the special charger to this charging
connector.
,I\RXWDNHRXWWKH1L0+EDWWHU\+7)%IURPWKH
transmitter, you can use the optional quick charger CR2000 corresponding to NiMH battery.
<Before Use>
21
Installation and Removal of the HT5F1800B
Transmitter Battery
Attachment of the battery
6OLGH WKH EDWWHU\ FRYHU RQ WKH ERWWRP RI
WKH WUDQVPLWWHU WRZDUG WKH ULJKW VLGH DQG
RSHQLW
Battery Removal
Note: If you remove the battery while the
power is on, the data you have set will not
be saved.
2SHQWKHEDWWHU\FRYHU
'LVFRQQHFWWKHEDWWHU\FRQQHFWRU
3UHVV RQ WKH EDWWHU\ UHOHDVH WDE DQG SXOO
WKHEDWWHU\GRZQZDUGVWRUHPRYH
&ORVHWKHEDWWHU\FRYHUFRPSOHWHO\
Warning
Be careful not to drop the battery.
① Push to open.
②Slide in the direction of the
arrow on the battery cover.
Never disconnect the battery connector
from the T14SG transmitter after
turning off the power until the screen is
completely blank and the transmitter has
shut down completely.
* Internal devices such as memories may be damaged.
* If there is any problem, the message "Backup Error"
will be shown the next time when you turn on the
power of the transmitter. Do not use the transmitter as
it is. Send it to the Futaba Service Center.
ery cover will open downward.
downward
③ Battery
,QVWDOOWKHEDWWHU\LQWKHKROGHU
&RQQHFWWKHEDWWHU\FRQQHFWRU
Battery
Connector
Battery
release tab
&ORVHWKHEDWWHU\FRYHUFRPSOHWHO\
22 <Before Use>
When exchanging for the LiFe battery
(FT2F2100B/FT2F1700B) of an option.
The battery state inside T14SG
Attachment of the battery
76*WR+7)%LVUHPRYHG
$ /L)H VSDFHU 6* DWWDFKPHQW LV
LQVHUWHGDVVKRZQLQDÀJXUH
NiMH HT5F1800B
LiFe SPACER
LiFe FT2F2100B/1700B
LiFe SPACER
$/L)HEDWWHU\RSWLRQLVLQVHUWHGDVVKRZQ
EDWW
WWHU\ RSWLRQ LV LQVHUWH
WW
LQDÀJXUH
Charge of a LiFe battery
Note: LiFe battery cannot be charged with the
charger of 14SG attachment.
Be sure to remove a battery from T14SG and
to charge from the charger only for LiFe.
A LiFe
battery is
removed
from T14SG.
3 F R Q Q H F W R U R I D / L ) H E D W W H U \ L V
FRQQHFWHG
2P connector is
removed from T14SG.
Balance charge
is carried out from the charger only for LiFe.
LiFe
Battery
The balance charge connector is not connected
in the state where the battery is set to a transmitter.
&ORVHWKHEDWWHU\FRYHUFRPSOHWHO\
6.T14SG is turned on and [LINKAGE
MENU]=>[WARNING]=>[LOW BATTERY] is
called.
7. It changes into 6.0V from 5.6V.
*About low battery voltage, all the models included in
one transmitter are changed in common. It cannot set to
different voltage for every model. Moreover, data reset is
not carried out.
Warning
Follow the manual of a LiFe battery.
Don't charge the LiFe battery with the
NiMH charger of 14SG attachment.
* Be sure to remove from T14SG and to charge with the
charger only for LiFe.
Be sure to change the voltage of LOW
BATTERY WARNING into 6.0V from
5.6V
<Before Use>
23
Receiver nomenclature
Before using the receiver, be sure to read the
precautions listed in the following pages.
Receiver R7008SB
Danger
Don't connect a connector, as shown in a
EHIRUH¿JXUH
*It will short-circuit, if it connected in this way. A short
circuit across the battery terminals may cause abnormal
KHDWLQJ¿UHDQGEXUQV
Warning
S.BUS2 connectors
Don't connect an S.BUS servo / gyro to
S.BUS2 connector.
Connector
"1 through 6": outputs for the channels 1
through 6
%RXWSXWVRIFKDQQHOVDQGSRZHU
"8/SB": outputs of 8 channels or S.BUS port.
[S.BUS Servo S.BUS Gyro ]
*When using 8/SB as S.BUS, you have to set
CH MODE of the following page to mode B or
mode D.
"S.BUS2": outputs of S.BUS2 port.
[S.BUS2 Servo S.BUS2 Gyro Telemetry Sensor ]
*When using 9 or more channels, use an S.BUS
IXQFWLRQRUXVHDVHFRQG56%DQGOLQNERWK
to your transmitter.
LED Monitor
This monitor is used to check the CH mode of
the receiver.
Link/Mode Switch
Use the small plastic screw driver that was
included with your receiver.
The Link/Mode Switch is also used for the CH
mode selection.
Connector insertion
+
Firmly insert the connector in the direction
VKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH,QVHUWWKH6%86E\WXUQLQJ
it 90 degrees.
Danger
5HFHLYHU
Do not connect either a switch
or battery in this manner.
24 <Before Use>
−
Extra Voltage Connector
Use this connector when using a voltage
telemetry device to send the battery voltage (DC0
a9IURPWKHUHFHLYHUWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
<RXZLOOQHHGWRSXUFKDVHWKHRSWLRQDO([WHUQDO
9ROWDJHLQSXWFDEOH&$59,1)870
<RX FDQ WKHQ PDNH D FDEOH ZLWK DQ H[WUD
connector to the External voltage connector.
Danger
Don't touch wiring.
* There is a danger of receiving an electric shock.
Do not short-circuit the battery terminals.
* A short circuit across the battery terminals may cause
DEQRUPDOKHDWLQJ¿UHDQGEXUQV
Please double check your polarity ( + and
− ) when hooking up your connectors.
* If + and − of wiring are mistaken, it will damage,
ignite and explode.
>+RZWRFKDQJHWKH56%&KDQQHOPRGH@
3UHVVDQGKROGGRZQWKH/LQN0RGHEXWWRQ
RQWKH56%UHFHLYHU
7XUQ WKH UHFHLYHU RQ ZKLOH KROGLQJ GRZQ
WKH /LQN0RGH EXWWRQ ZKHQ WKH /('
EHJLQV WR EOLQN JUHHQUHG WKH EXWWRQ PD\
EHUHOHDVHG
7KH/('VKRXOGQRZEHEOLQNLQJUHGLQRQH
RI WKH SDWWHUQV GHVFULEHG E\ WKH FKDUW
EHORZ
(DFK SUHVV RI WKH 0RGH/LQN EXWWRQ
DGYDQFHVWKHUHFHLYHUWRWKHQH[WPRGH
:KHQ \RX UHDFK WKH PRGH WKDW \RX ZLVK
WR RSHUDWH LQ SUHVV DQG KROG WKH 0RGH
/LQNEXWWRQIRUPRUHWKDQVHFRQGV
2QFH ORFNHG LQWR WKH FRUUHFW PRGH WKH
/('ZLOOFKDQJHWRDVROLGFRORU
3OHDVHF\FOHWKHUHFHLYHUVSRZHURIIDQG
EDFNRQDJDLQDIWHUFKDQJLQJWKH&KDQQHO
0RGH
Don’t connection to Extra Voltage before
turning on a receiver power supply.
R7008SB CH Mode
7KH 56% UHFHLYHU LV D YHU\ YHUVDWLOH
unit. It has 8 PWM outputs, S.BUS and S.BUS2
outputs. Additionally the PWM outputs can be
changed from channels 1-8 to channels 9-14. If
you only desire to use it as an 8 channel receiver
(without S.BUS), it can be used without any
setting changes.
The T14SG has the ability to link to two
56% UHFHLYHUV 2QH RI WKHP RXWSXWWLQJ
channels 1-8 and the other outputting channels
9-14 giving you 14 PWM channels. Instructions
for this configuration and S.BUS operation
follow.
R7008SB CH MODE TABLE
Setting channel
Receiver connector
Mode A
1 ∼ 8CH
Mode B
1 ∼ 7CH
Mode C
9 ∼ 14CH
Mode D
9 ∼ 14CH
1
1
1
9
9
2
2
2
10
10
3
3
3
11
11
4
4
4
12
12
5
5
5
13
13
6
6
6
14
14
7/B
7
7
-
-
8/SB
8
S.BUS
-
S.BUS
Red LED blink
1time
2time
3time
4time
<Before Use>
25
Receiver's Antenna Installation
7KH56%KDVWZRDQWHQQDV,QRUGHUWRPD[LPL]HVLJQDOUHFHSWLRQDQGSURPRWHVDIHPRGHOLQJ)XWDED
has adopted a diversity antenna system. This allows the receiver to obtain RF signals on both antennas and
À\SUREOHPIUHH
*Must be kept as straight as possible.
Antenna
Coaxial cable
R7008SB Receiver
To obtain the best results of the diversity
function, please refer to the following
instructions:
7KHWZRDQWHQQDVPXVWEHNHSWDVVWUDLJKW
DV SRVVLEOH 2WKHUZLVH LW ZLOO UHGXFH WKH
HIIHFWLYHUDQJH
7KHWZRDQWHQQDVVKRXOGEHSODFHGDW
GHJUHHVWRHDFKRWKHU
Antenna
7KLV LV QRW D FULWLFDO ILJXUH EXW WKH PRVW
LPSRUWDQW WKLQJ LV WR NHHS WKH DQWHQQDV
DZD\IURPHDFKRWKHUDVPXFKDVSRVVLEOH
/DUJHU PRGHOV FDQ KDYH ODUJH PHWDO
REMHFWVWKDWFDQDWWHQXDWHWKH5)VLJQDO,Q
WKLV FDVH WKH DQWHQQDV VKRXOG EH SODFHG
DW ERWK VLGHV RI WKH PRGHO 7KHQ WKH EHVW
5)VLJQDOFRQGLWLRQLVREWDLQHGDWDQ\Á\LQJ
DWWLWXGH
7KH DQWHQQDV PXVW EH NHSW DZD\ IURP
FRQGXFWLYH PDWHULDOV VXFK DV PHWDO
FDUERQ DQG IXHO WDQN E\ DW OHDVW D KDOI
LQFK7KHFRD[LDOSDUWRIWKHDQWHQQDVGRHV
QRWQHHGWRIROORZWKHVHJXLGHOLQHVEXWGR
QRWEHQGLWLQDWLJKWUDGLXV
.HHSWKHDQWHQQDVDZD\IURPWKHPRWRU
(6& DQG RWKHU QRLVH VRXUFHV DV PXFK DV
SRVVLEOH
Antenna
*The two antennas should be placed at 90 degrees to each other.
*The Illustration demonstrates how the antenna should be placed.
*Receiver Vibration and Waterproofing: The receiver contains precision electronic parts. Be sure to avoid vibration,
shock, and temperature extremes. For protection, wrap the receiver in foam rubber or other vibration-absorbing
materials. It is also a good idea to waterproof the receiver by placing it in a plastic bag and securing the open end of the
bag with a rubber band before wrapping it with foam rubber. If you accidentally get moisture or fuel inside the receiver,
you may experience intermittent operation or a crash. If in doubt, return the receiver to our service center for service.
26 <Before Use>
Safety precautions when you install
receiver and servos
Mounting the Servo
Wood screw
2.3-2.6mm nut
washer
Rubber
grommet
Brass eyelet
Rubber
grommet
Brass eyelet
Servo mount
Servo mount
2.3-2.6mm screw
(Airplane/Glider)
(Helicopter)
Warning
Connecting connectors
Be sure to insert the connector until it
stops at the deepest point.
How to protect the receiver from vibration
and water
Servo lead wires
To prevent the servo lead cable from being
broken by vibration during flight, provide a
little slack in the cable and fasten it at suitable
points. Periodically check the cable during daily
maintenance.
Wrap the receiver with something soft
such as foam rubber to avoid vibration.
If there is a chance of getting wet, put the
receiver in a waterproof bag or balloon to
avoid water.
Receiver's antenna
Never cut the receiver's antenna. Do not
bind the receiver's antenna with the cables
for servos.
Margin in the lead wire.
Fasten about 5-10cm
from the servo outlet so
that the lead wire is neat.
Locate the receiver's antenna as far as
possible from metals or carbon fiber
components such as frames, cables, etc.
*Cutting or binding the receiver's antenna will reduce the
radio reception sensitivity and range, and may cause a
crash.
Mounting the power switch
When mounting a power switch to an airframe,
make a rectangular hole that is a little larger than
the total stroke of the switch so that you can turn
the switch ON/OFF without binding.
Avoid mounting the switch where it can be
covered by engine oil and dust. In general, it is
recommended to mount the power switch on the
VLGHRIWKHIXVHODJHWKDWLVRSSRVLWHWKHPXIÀHU
Servo throw
Adjust your system so that pushrods will
not bind or sag when operating the servos
to the full extent.
*If excessive force is continuously applied to a servo, the
servo could be damaged due to force on the gear train
and/or power consumption causing rapid battery drain.
Mounting servos
Use a vibration-proof rubber (such as
rubber grommet) under a servo when
mounting the servo on a servo mount. And
be sure that the servo cases do not touch
directly to the metal parts such as servo
mount.
*If the servo case contacts the airframe directly, vibration
will travel to and possibly damage the servo.
<Before Use>
27
S.BUS/S.BUS2 Installation
7KLVVHWXVHVWKH6%866%86V\VWHP7KHZLULQJLVDVVLPSOL¿HGDQGFOHDQPRXQWLQJDVSRVVLEOHHYHQ
with models that use a large number of servos. In addition, the wings can be quickly installed to the fuselage
without any erroneous wiring by the use of only one simple wire, even when there are a large number of
servos used.
Ɣ:KHQXVLQJ6%866%86VSHFLDOVHWWLQJVDQGPL[HVLQ\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUPD\EHXQQHFHVVDU\
Ɣ7KH6%866%86VHUYRVPHPRUL]HWKHQXPEHURIFKDQQHOVWKHPVHOYHV6HWWDEOHZLWKWKH76*
Ɣ7KH6%866%86V\VWHPDQGFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHPUHFHLYHUFRQYHQWLRQDO&+XVHGFDQEHPL[HG
S.BUS Glider usage example
Receiver: R7008SB
Servo: S3172SV×9 ( Optional )
HUB×4 ( Optional )
Throttle servo: BLS173SV ( Optional )
Battery: FR2F1800 ( Optional )
S.BUS Aerobatic plane usage example
Switch: HSW-L
Receiver: R7008SB
Aileron servo: BLS174SV×2 ( Optional )
HUB×3 ( Optional )
Rudder Servo: BLS175SV×1 ( Optional )
Elevator servo: BLS173SV×2 ( Optional )
28 <Before Use>
S.BUS Wiring example
Receiver *When using 8/SB as S.BUS, you must set the receiver to
Mode B or Mode D. See R7008SB CH MODE TABLE.
●S.BUS Servo
Since the channel number is memorized by
the S.BUS itself, any connector can be used.
When the SBD-1 (sold separately) is used,
ordinary servos can be used with the
S.BUS system.
%DWWHU\
6%86
3RUW
6%
6ZLWFK
*<
([WHQVLRQ
FRUG
7HUPLQDOER[
●7HUPLQDOER[
Four connectors can be inserted
+8%
+8%
+8%
Warning
Power supply
Please make sure that you
use a battery that can deliver
enough capacity for the
number and kind of servos
used. Alkaline batteries
cannot be used.
6%866HUYR
+8%
‫ق‬$QRWKHUSRZHUVXSSO\‫ك‬
6ZLWFK
+8%
●When separate power supply used
+8%
%DWWHU\
When a large number of servos are used or
when high current servos are used, the servos
can be driven by a separate power supply by
using a separate Power Supply 3-way Hub.
6%866HUYR
Green
+8%
Used when using a separate
power supply battery.
+8%
Orange
Three connectors can be
inserted.
<Before Use>
29
S.BUS2 System
When using the S.BUS2 port, an impressive array of telemetry sensors may be utilized.
S.BUS2 TABLE
Receiver port
S.BUS Servo
S.BUS Gyro
S.BUS2 Servo
S.BUS2 Gyro
Telemetry sensor
S.BUS
○
○
×
S.BUS2
× (※)
○
○
(※)Don't connect S.BUS Servo,
S.BUS Gyro to S.BUS2 connector.
S.BUS servos and gyros and S.BUS2 servos and gyros must be used in the
correct receiver ports. Please refer to the instruction manual to make sure
you connect to the correct one.
&+0RGHLVVHWWR0RGH%>'@
6%86
3RUW
6%
6%86
3RUW
+XE
+XE
6%866HUYR
6%86VHUYR
&RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH
6%86J\UR
&RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH
7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU
&RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH
30 <Before Use>
+XE
+XE
6%866HUYR
7HOHPHWU\
6HQVRU
6%86VHUYR
&RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH
6%86
*<52
ٔ
5XGGHU6HUYR
S.BUS/S.BUS2 device setting
S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or a telemetry sensor can be connected directly to the T14SG. Channel setting and
other data can be entered for the S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or sensors.
76*
ZD\KXE
RU<KDUQHVVHV
6%866%86
GHYLFH
6%866%86
6HUYR
5HFHLYHUV
%DWWHU\
7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU
&RQQHFW WKH 6%86 GHYLFH DQG EDWWHU\ \RX
ZDQWWRVHWZLWKDZD\KXERU<KDUQHVVHV
DVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUH
7XUQRQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUSRZHU
&DOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQ
6HUYR6\VWHP0HQX→6%866HUYR
6HQVRU/LQNDJH0HQX→6HQVRU
3HUIRUP VHWWLQJ LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK HDFK
VFUHHQ
7KLVVHWVWKHFKDQQHODQGRWKHUGDWDIRUHDFK
6%86 VHUYR RU WHOHPHWU\ GHYLFH WR EH XVHG
ZLWKWKH6%86GHYLFHRUUHFHLYHU
<Before Use>
31
Telemetry System
7KH56%UHFHLYHUIHDWXUHVELGLUHFWLRQDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQZLWKD)$667HVW)XWDEDWUDQVPLWWHUXVLQJ
the S.BUS2 port. Using the S.BUS2 port an impressive array of telemetry sensors may be utilized. It also
includes both standard PWM output ports and S.BUS output ports.
* Telemetry is available only in the FASSTest 14CH mode. (12CH mode displays only Receiver battery
voltage and Extra battery voltage.)
7KHWHOHPHWU\IXQFWLRQUHTXLUHVWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJUHFHLYHU56%
7KH76*ZLOOHQWHUDQGNHHSWKH,'QXPEHURIWKH56%WKDWLWLVOLQNHGWR
●Telemetry sensor (sold separately)
76*
Info
Signal
Info
Your aircrafts data can be checked in the
transmitter by connecting various telemetry
sensors to the S.BUS2 connector of the
receiver.
Power battery voltage is
displayed at the transmitter.
voltage
Receiver
6%86
&RQQHFWRU
6ZLWFK
Info
7HUPLQDOER[
Battery voltage is
displayed at the transmitter.
Info
+8%
Servos are classified by channel, but sensors
are classified by “slot” . Since the initial slot
No. of the T14SG is preset at each sensor,
the sensors can be used as is by connecting
them. There are 1 31 slots.
32 <Before Use>
Slot 1
530
6HQVRU
Slot 2
$OWLWXGH
6HQVRU
Slot 3 ∼ 5
9ROWDJH
6HQVRU
Info
+8%
●Slot No.
7HPSHUDWXUH
6HQVRU
*36
6HQVRU
Slot 6 ∼ 7
Slot 8 ∼ 15
6HQVRU
Slot 16
6HQVRU
Slot 17
Info
+8%
Slot 31
BASIC OPERATION
Battery Charging
Before charging batteries, read the "Cautions for handling battery and battery charger" in the section
"NiMH/NiCd Battery Safety and Handling Instructions".
How to charge the NiMH battery HT5F1800B
for the transmitter
*Battery charging will not automatically stop. Remove the
battery and transmitter from the charger and remove the
charger from the wall socket.
*It is recommended to reactivate the battery by cycling
several times if the battery has not been used for a long
period.
Danger
The NiMH battery HT5F1800B is only for
your T14SG. Do not use this battery for other
equipment.
Be sure to use the attached special charger to
charge the battery.
*In the case of NiMH/NiCd batteries, you may find poor
performance of the battery if you have used the battery
only for a short period or if you repeat charging while the
battery is not fully discharged. It is suggested to discharge
the battery to the recommended level after use. It is also
recommended to charge the battery just before use.
*If you take the NiMH battery HT5F1800B out of the
transmitter, you can use the optional quick charger CR-2000
corresponding to NiMH battery.
[Method of charging battery]
ƔSpecial charger
*Connect to AC outlet
specified.
Receiver Batt.
Charging display
Transmitter Batt.
Charging display
To T14SG charge
connector
1. Connect the special charger to the wall
socket (AC outlet).
2. Connect the connectors to the T14SG
charging jack.
&RQ¿UPWKDWWKHFKDUJLQJLQGLFDWRU/('ODPSLVRQ
*Turn off the transmitter while charging the battery.
3. Remove the battery after 15 hours.
<Basic Operation>
33
How to turn transmitter power ON/OFF
When turning on the power, the T14SG
transmitter will begin emmiting RF automatically
DIWHULWFRQ¿UPVWKHVXUURXQGLQJ5)FRQGLWLRQV
The T14SG transmitter also offers the ability to
auto shut-down.
*below 1/3 stick, the warning display goes off.
When turning on the power of the transmitter
THR Stick Slow
Registration of the user's name
If so desired, the T14SG transmitter can
indicate the owner's name.
1. Turn on the power switch of the transmitter.
7KHPHVVDJH&+(&.5)&21',7,21LVGLVSOD\HGIRUD
PRPHQW$WWKHVDPHWLPHWKHOHIW/('PRQLWRUEOLQNV
User's name setup screen
1. Turn on the power of the transmitter.
*The home screen appears.
2. Lightly touch the SYS button twice rapidly
and the System menu appears.
3. Select [USER NAME] in the System menu and
touch the RTN button.
2. Then, you will see the home screen and the
transmitter begins to emit radio waves.
*The user name set up screen appears.
7KHOHIWDQGULJKW/('PRQLWRUVZLOOFKDQJHWRVROLGUHG
How to stop the transmitter
1. Turn off the power switch of the transmitter.
*The transmitter shuts down at once.
Low battery alarm and auto shut-down
When the battery voltage reaches 5.2V, an
DXGLEOH DODUP ZLOO VRXQG /DQG \RXU DLUFUDIW
immediately.
When the battery voltage reaches 3.9V, the
transmitter will be turned off automatically.
*If you do not operate the transmitter (or move a stick,
knob, switch or digital trim) for 30 minutes, the message
3/($6(78512))32:(56:,7&+LVGLVSOD\HGDQG
an audible alarm will sound.
Warning display at power ON (Airplane/
Helicopter)
:KHQ WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN GXULQJ 3RZHU 2Q LV DW
the high side (or over 1/3 stick) a warning will be
displayed.
34 <Basic Operation>
Input Box
*Current user name is displayed.
Changing the user name
1. Change the user name as described below:
[Moving cursor in input box]
6HOHFW>ł@RU>ń@DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
[Deleting a character]
When [DELETE] is selected and the RTN button
is touched, the character immediately after
the cursor is deleted.
[Adding a character]
When a character is selected from the
character list and the RTN button is touched,
that character is added at the position
immediately after the cursor.
*A name of up to 10 characters long can be entered as the
user name. (A space is also counted as one character.)
2. At the end of input, select [ENTER] and tuoch
the RTN button. (To terminate input and
return to the original state, select [CANCEL]
and touch the RTN button.)
Home screen
8VHWKHWRXFKVHQVRUWRVHOHFWWKHIROORZLQJGLVSOD\DUHDWRFDOOHDFKVHWWLQJVFUHHQDQGWRXFKWKH571
button. The setting screen appears.
System timer
Key lock
‡7KLVVKRZVWKHDFFXPXODWHGWLPHVLQFH
the latest reset. (Hour):(Minute)
‡ 8VH WKH FXUVRU WR KLJKOLJKW WKLV WKHQ
touch the RTN button for one second
to reset the system timer.
‡ 7RXFK WKH 6 EXWWRQ RU SXVK WKH
HOME/EXIT button for one second to
lock/unlock the key operation.
In the key lock mode the key icon is
displayed here.
Up/Down timer (ST1, ST2)
‡7LPHULVGLVSOD\HGKHUH
Touch the RTN button at the [xx]:[xx.
xx] item to start/stop the timer.
‡ 8VH WKH FXUVRU WR KLJKOLJKW WKLV WKHQ
touch the RTN button at the ST1 or ST2
item to call the timer set-up screen.
*See the description at the back of this manual.
User's name
RF indicator
SD card indicator
Battery Indicator
‡ :KHQ WKH EDWWHU\ YROWDJH
reaches 5.2V(Change in
Warning Menu), the alarm
will beep. Land your aircraft
immediately.
Model type
Model Name
‡7KHPRGHOQDPHWKDW
is currently used is
displayed here.
‡ 8 V H W K H F X U V R U W R
highlight this, then
touch the RTN button
to call the model
select set-up screen.
System mode
Model timer
‡ 6\VWHP)$667HVW&+ HWF
mode is displayed here.
‡ 8VH WKH FXUVRU WR KLJKOLJKW WKLV
then touch the RTN button
to call the frequency set-up
screen.
‡ 7KLV VKRZV WKH DFFXPXODWHG WLPH
since the latest reset. (each model)
(Hour):(Minute)
‡ 8VH WKH FXUVRU WR KLJKOLJKW WKLV
then touch the RTN button for one
second to reset the model timer.
Digital trim (T1 to T4)
‡ 7ULPSRVLWLRQLVGLVSOD\HGKHUH
‡ <RXFDQVHOHFWWKHGLVSOD\XQLW
on the home screen on the
T1-T4 setting screen within the
linkage menu.
2nd Home screen
‡ 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ DW
the clock icon to call the
2 nd home screen (large
size timer).
Condition name (Heli/Glider)
‡ ,Q WKH QRUPDO FRQGLWLRQ PRYH WKH
cursor to the condition name and
touch the RTN button. The condition
name is changed and blinks.
It is possible to operate the digital
trim in all conditions.
VPP condition # (Air)
‡:KHQ933IXQFWLRQLVDVVLJQHG WRD
FKDQQHO WKH FXUUHQW 933 FRQGLWLRQ
# is displayed here.
<Basic Operation>
35
User Menu
A user menu which allows the user to
customize and display frequently used functions
has been added.
1. When the "U.MENU" button is pushed for
two seconds, the user menu appears.
5HWXUQWRWKHKRPHVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH(;,7EXWWRQ
while the user menu is being displayed.
2. When the cursor highlights the dotted line,
"----------" and the RTN button is touched,
the menu selection screen appears.
3. When the cursor is moved to the setting
that you to set to the user menu and the
RTN button is touched, that setting screen
is added to the user menu.
4. The registered setting screen can be
called by moving the cursor to it and
touching the RTN button.
*When you want to delete an added screen from the user
menu, highlight item you wish to delete, press and hold
the RTN button for one second.
36 <Basic Operation>
Warning
%HVXUHWRFRQ¿UPWKHPRGHOQDPHEHIRUH
À\LQJ\RXUDLUFUDIW
Check the battery voltage as often as
possible and try to charge the battery
earlier. If the battery alarm makes a sound,
land your aircraft immediately.
Link procedure (T14SG/R7008SB)
(DFKWUDQVPLWWHUKDVDQLQGLYLGXDOO\DVVLJQHGXQLTXH,'FRGH,QRUGHUWRVWDUWRSHUDWLRQWKHUHFHLYHU
PXVWEHOLQNHGZLWKWKH,'FRGHRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHUZLWKZKLFKLWLVEHLQJSDLUHG2QFHWKHOLQNLVPDGH
the ID code is stored in the receiver and no further linking is necessary unless the receiver is to be used
with another transmitter. When you purchase additional R7008SB receivers, this procedure is necessary;
otherwise the receiver will not work.
Link procedure
3ODFHWKHWUDQVPLWWHUDQGWKHUHFHLYHUFORVH
to each other within half (0.5m) meter.
6. When changing battery fail-safe voltage
from the initial value 3.8V, voltage is
changed here.
2QO\LQ)$667HVW0RGH
Less than 0.5 m
2. Turn on the transmitter.
3. Select [SYSTEM] at the Linkage menu and
access the setup screen shown below by
touching the RTN button.
:You can d
do thi
this th
through
h th
the LINK
LINKAGE Menu
and scroll to System and press RTN.
4. When you use two receivers on one model,
you must change from [SINGLE] to [DUAL].
*Only two receivers can be used. In
"DUAL", two setting items come out. Input,
respectively.
,' RI D 3ULPDU\
receiver displays.
7.[LINK] is chosen by scrolling and the RTN
button is pushed. The transmitter will emit a
chime as it starts the linking process.
8. When the transmitter starts to chime, power
on the receiver. The receiver should link to
the transmitter within about 1 second.
In "Link" Mode
ID of a Secondary
receiver displays.
Receiver ON
In DUAL, a primary receiver
is link previously. Next, a
secondary receiver is link.
)ZLOOEHFKRVHQLILWLVXVHGLQ)UDQFHRWKHUV
"G" general.
9. If linking fails, an error message is displayed.
Bring the transmitter closer to the receiver
and repeat the procedure above from Step 2.
10. ACT will be chosen if telemetry is used.
It is INH when not using it.
<Basic Operation>
37
11. When a telemetry function is enabled,
the receiving interval (down-link interval) of
sensor data can be changed. If a DL interval
is increased, the response of the sensor data
display becomes slower, but stick response
will improve.
Initial value: 1.0s
Adjustment range: 0.1s~2.0s
* If there are many FASSTest systems turned on around your
receiver, it might not link to your transmitter. In this case,
HYHQLIWKHUHFHLYHU
V/('VWD\VVROLGJUHHQXQIRUWXQDWHO\
the receiver might have established a link to one of other
transmitters. This is very dangerous if you do not notice
this situation. In order to avoid the problem, we strongly
recommend you to doublecheck whether your receiver is
really under control by your transmitter by giving the stick
input and then checking the servo response.
*Do not perform the linking operation when the drive motor
is connected or the engine is running.
* When you use two receivers, please be sure to setup a
"primary" and "secondary" in the "dual" mode.
*A telemetry function cannot be used for the 2nd receiver of
GXDOUHFHLYHUPRGH7KHYROWDJHDQG([WYROWDJHRIDQG
receiver cannot be known with a transmitter.
* You must link one receiver at a time. If both power
supplies to the receivers are switched on simultaneously,
data is received incorrectly by the transmitter.
* If a dual receiver function is used, in order to receive
sensor information correctly by both sets, telemetry data
will be slower compared to a single receiver setup.
* You cannot link three receivers.
/LQNLVUHTXLUHGZKHQDV\VWHPW\SHLVFKDQJHG
/LQNLQJLVUHTXLUHGZKHQHYHUDQHZPRGHOLVPDGH
Warning
After the linking is done, please cycle receiver
power and check that the receiver to be linked
is really under the control of the transmitter.
Do not perform the linking procedure with
motor's main wire connected or with the engine
operating as it may result in serious injury.
38 <Basic Operation>
Range Testing Your R/C System
,WLVH[WUHPHO\LPSRUWDQWWRUDQJHFKHFN\RXUPRGHOVSULRUWRHDFKIO\LQJVHVVLRQ7KLVHQDEOHV\RXWR
HQVXUHWKDWHYHU\WKLQJLVIXQFWLRQLQJDVLWVKRXOGDQGWRREWDLQPD[LPXPHQMR\PHQWIURP\RXUWLPHÀ\LQJ
The T14SG transmitter incorporates a system that reduces its power output and allows you to perform such
a range check.
Range check mode
Range check procedure
We have installed a special "Range check
mode" for doing a ground range check. To access
the "Range check mode" touch and hold the RTN
button while turning on the transmitter. Doing so
ZLOOEULQJXS32:(502'(PHQX
1. With the "Range check mode" on, walk
away from the model while simultaneously
operating the controls. Have an assistant
stand by the model to confirm that all
controls are completely and correctly
operational. You should be able to walk
approximately 30-50 paces from the model
without losing control.
2. If everything operates correctly, return to
the model. Set the transmitter in a safe, yet
accessible, location so it will be within reach
after starting the engine or motor. Be certain
the throttle stick is in the low throttle position,
WKHQ VWDUW WKH HQJLQH RU PRWRU 3HUIRUP
another range check with your assistant
holding the aircraft with the engine running
at various speeds. If the servos jitter or move
inadvertently, there may be a problem. We
ZRXOGVWURQJO\VXJJHVW\RXGRQRWÁ\XQWLOWKH
VRXUFHRIWKHGLIÀFXOW\KDVEHHQGHWHUPLQHG
Look for loose servo connections or binding
pushrods. Also, be certain that the battery
has been fully charged.
The present model
To activate the "Range check mode" touch the
RTN button and the range check mode screen will
appear.
During this mode, the RF power output is
reduced so the range test can be performed. In
addition, when this mode is activated the right
/('RQWKHIURQWRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHUVWDUWVEOLQNLQJ
and the transmitter gives users a warning with a
beeping sound every 3 seconds.
The "Range check mode" continues for 90
seconds and after that the power will return
WR WKH QRUPDO OHYHO 7R H[LW WKH 5DQJH FKHFN
PRGHEHIRUHWKHVHFRQGVVHOHFWWKH5$1*(
&+(&. DW WKH WRS RI WKH VFUHHQ DQG WRXFK WKH
RTN button again. This mode is available one
time only so if you need to re-use this function the
WUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU PXVW EH F\FOHG 1(9(5 VWDUW
À\LQJZKHQWKH5DQJHFKHFNPRGHLVDFWLYH
Should you require additional time to perform
a range check, highlight Restart before your time
H[SLUHVDQGSUHVVWKH571EXWWRQRQHWLPH
Range checking on
low power.
About 100 feet
Range check mode
Warning
'RQRWÀ\LQWKHUDQJHFKHFNPRGH
*Since the range of the radio waves is short, if the model
is too far from the transmitter, control will be lost and the
model will crash.
<Basic Operation>
39
RECEIVER AND SERVO INSTALLATION
Receiver and servos connection
Connect the receiver and servos in accordance with the connection diagram shown below. Always read the
section [Before using]. When mounting the receiver and servos to the fuselage, connect the necessary points
in accordance with the model's instruction manual.
Receiver and servos connection diagram
Always connect the necessary number of servos.
The receiver channel assignment depends on the
model type. See the Servo connection by model
type tables.
R7008SB (output connector section)
sCH1~6: Output connectors 1~6
s"/UTPUTCONNECTORSAND0OWERSUPPLY
s3"/UTPUTCONNECTORSOR3"53SYSTEM
s3"533"53SYSTEM
CH1~8,
S.BUS/(2),
B
Receiver battery
Charging port
Receiver switch
Servos
40 <Receiver and Servo Installation>
Servo connection by model type
The T14SG transmitter channels are automatically assigned for optimal combination according to the type
selected with the Model Type function of the Linkage Menu. The channel assignment (initial setting) for
each model type is shown below. Connect the receiver and servos to match the type used.
*The set channels can be checked at the Function screen of the Linkage Menu. The channel assignments can also be changed. For
more information, read the description of the Function menu.
Airplane/glider
Normal wing and V-tail
2Aileron
2Aileron+1FLAP 2Aileron+2FLAP 2Aileron+4FLAP 4Aileron+2FLAP
Airplane
Glider
Airplane
Glider
Airplane
Glider
Airplane
Glider
Airplane
Glider
1
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
2
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
3
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
4
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
5
Gear
AUX7
Gear
AUX7
Gear
AUX6
Gear
AUX5
Flap
Flap
Aileron3
Aileron3
6
VPP
AUX6
Aileron2
Aileron2
Flap
Flap
Aileron2
Aileron2
Flap2
Flap2
Aileron4
Aileron4
7
AUX5
AUX5
VPP
AUX6
Aileron2
Aileron2
Flap
Flap
Flap3
Flap3
Flap
Flap
8
AUX4
AUX4
AUX5
AUX5
VPP
AUX5
Flap2
Flap2
Flap4
Flap4
Flap2
Flap2
9
AUX1
AUX1
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
10
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
Butterfly
AUX1
Butterfly
VPP
Butterfly
Gear
Butterfly
Gear
Butterfly
11
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
12
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
VPP
AUX1
VPP
AUX1
DG1
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
DG2
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
FASST MULT
Glider
FASSTest 14CH
FASSTest 12CH
S-FHSS
FASST 7CH
Airplane
The output
CH of each
system
RX
CH
1Aileron
Ailvator (Dual Elevator)
2Aileron
2Aileron+1FLAP 2Aileron+2FLAP 2Aileron+4FLAP 4Aileron+2FLAP
Airplane
Glider
Airplane
Glider
Airplane
Glider
Airplane
Glider
Airplane
Glider
1
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
2
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
3
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
4
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
5
Gear
AUX7
Gear
AUX7
Gear
AUX6
Elevator2
Elevator2
Flap
Flap
Aileron3
Aileron3
Aileron4
6
VPP
AUX6
Aileron2
Aileron2
Flap
Flap
Aileron2
Aileron2
Flap2
Flap2
Aileron4
7
Elevator2
Elevator2
Elevator2
Elevator2
Aileron2
Aileron2
Flap
Flap
Flap3
Flap3
Flap
Flap
8
AUX4
AUX4
VPP
AUX5
Elevator2
Elevator2
Flap2
Flap2
Flap4
Flap4
Flap2
Flap2
9
AUX1
AUX1
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
10
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
Butterfly
VPP
Butterfly
Gear
Butterfly
Gear
Butterfly
Gear
Butterfly
11
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
VPP
AUX1
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
12
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
Elevator2
Elevator2
Elevator2
Elevator2
DG1
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
DG2
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
<Receiver and Servo Installation>
FASST MULT
Glider
FASSTest 14CH
FASSTest 12CH
S-FHSS
FASST 7CH
Airplane
The output
CH of each
system
RX
CH
1Aileron
41
Airplane/glider
Flying wing, Delta wing
2Aileron+1FLAP 2Aileron+2FLAP 2Aileron+4FLAP 4Aileron+2FLAP
Airplane
Glider
Airplane
Glider
Airplane
Glider
Airplane
Glider
1
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
2
VPP
AUX4
VPP
AUX4
VPP
AUX4
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
3
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Rudder
Rudder
Aileron3
Aileron3
4
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
VPP
AUX4
Aileron4
Aileron4
5
Gear
AUX7
Gear
AUX6
Gear
AUX6
Flap
Flap
Rudder
Rudder
6
Aileron2
Aileron2
Flap
Flap
Flap
Flap
Flap2
Flap2
VPP
AUX4
7
AUX6
AUX6
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
Flap3
Flap3
Flap
Flap
8
AUX5
AUX5
AUX5
AUX5
Flap2
Flap2
Flap4
Flap4
Flap2
Flap2
9
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
10
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
11
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
Butterfly
AUX1
Butterfly
Gear
Butterfly
Gear
Butterfly
12
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
DG1
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
DG2
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
FASST MULT
Glider
FASSTest 14CH
FASSTest 12CH
S-FHSS
FASST 7CH
Airplane
The output
CH of each
system
RX
CH
2Aileron
Flying wing, Delta wing (Winglet 2 Rudder)
Airplane
Glider
2Aileron+1FLAP 2Aileron+2FLAP 2Aileron+4FLAP 4Aileron+2FLAP
Airplane
Glider
Airplane
Glider
Airplane
Glider
Airplane
Glider
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Aileron
Rudder2
Rudder2
Rudder2
Rudder2
Rudder2
Rudder2
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
3
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
Rudder
Rudder
Aileron3
Aileron3
4
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder
Rudder2
Rudder2
Aileron4
Aileron4
5
Gear
AUX7
Gear
AUX6
Gear
AUX6
Flap
Flap
Rudder
Rudder
6
Aileron2
Aileron2
Flap
Flap
Flap
Flap
Flap2
Flap2
Rudder2
Rudder2
7
VPP
AUX6
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
Aileron2
Flap3
Flap3
Flap
Flap
8
AUX5
AUX5
VPP
AUX5
Flap2
Flap2
Flap4
Flap4
Flap2
Flap2
9
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
Elevator
10
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
Camber
11
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
Butterfly
VPP
Butterfly
Gear
Butterfly
Gear
Butterfly
12
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
Throttle
Motor
Throttle
Motor
DG1
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
DG2
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
* Output channels differ by each system of a table. When using a system with few channels, there
is a wing type which cannot be used. It cannot be used when there is a function required out of
WKHUDQJHRIWKHDUURZRID¿JXUH
42 <Receiver and Servo Installation>
FASST MULT
Aileron
2
FASSTest 14CH
FASSTest 12CH
S-FHSS
FASST 7CH
1
The output
CH of each
system
RX
CH
2Aileron
Helicopter
H-4, H4X Swash
Aileron
Aileron
2
Elevator
Elevator
3
Throttle
Throttle
4
Rudder
Rudder
5
Gyro/RUD
Gyro/RUD
6
Pitch
Pitch
7
Governor
Governor
8
Needle
Elevator2
9
Gyro2/AIL
Gyro2/AIL
10
Gyro3/ELE
Gyro3/ELE
11
AUX1
AUX1
AUX1
SW
SW
DG2
SW
SW
CH
All Other
H-4, H4X Swash
1
Aileron
Aileron
2
Elevator
Elevator
3
Throttle
Throttle
4
Rudder
Elevator2
● FASSTest12CH
5
Pitch
Pitch
6
Gyro/RUD
Gyro/RUD
7
Governor
Governor
8
Governor 2
Rudder
9
Gyro2/AIL
Gyro2/AIL
10
Gyro3/ELE
Gyro3/ELE
DG1
SW
SW
DG2
SW
SW
FASSTest 12CH
AUX1
The output
CH of each
system
12
DG1
FASST MULT
All Other
1
FASSTest 14CH
S-FHSS
FASST 7CH
CH
The output
CH of each
system
● FASSTest14CH/FASST MULTI/FASST 7CH/S-FHSS
Ɣ6LQFH WKH FK GRHVQ
W ZRUN RQ WKH FK PRGH SOHDVH DVVLJQ WKH
HOHYDWRU + +; RU WKH QHHGOH DOO RWKHU WR FKDQQQHO LI WKH
governor is not used.
<Receiver and Servo Installation>
43
MODEL BASIC SETTING PROCEDURE
Airplane/glider basic setting procedure
1. Model addition and selection
3. Fuselage linkage
Initially, the T14SG assigns the first model to
model-01 in the transmitter. The Model Select
function of the Linkage Menu is used to add
models and to select amongst models which are
already set.
Connect the ailerons, elevators, throttle, rudder,
etc. in accordance with the model's instruction
manual. For a description of the connection
method, see the Receiver and Servos Connection.
The T14SG is capable of storing data for up
to 30 models in its internal memory. Additional
model data can also be saved to an optional SD
card.
The currently selected model name is displayed
LQWKHFHQWHURIWKHKRPHVFUHHQ%HIRUHÀ\LQJDQG
before changing any settings, always confirm the
model name.
When a new model is added, the Model type
select screen and System mode setup screen
automatically appear. Please be aware that the
transmitter will stop transmitting temporarily when
you change the model.
When a new model is added, you will need to relink the receiver.
Note that even for the same "airplane
model", when the wing type and tail type
are different, the channel assignment may
be different. (The channel assigned to each
function can be checked at the Function
menu of the Linkage Menu.)
ŏ ,IWKHGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVHUYRLVLQFRUUHFWDGMXVW
WKHGLUHFWLRQZLWKWKH5HYHUVHIXQFWLRQRIWKH
/LQNDJH0HQX
ŏ $GMXVW WKH QHXWUDO SRVLWLRQ DQG FRQWURO
VXUIDFH DQJOH ZLWK WKH OLQNDJH DQG ILQH
WXQH WKHP ZLWK WKH 6XE7ULP DQG (QG 3RLQW
IXQFWLRQVDQJOHDGMXVWPHQW7RSURWHFWWKH
OLQNDJHDOLPLWSRVLWLRQFDQDOVREHVHWZLWK
WKH(QG3RLQWIXQFWLRQ7KH(QG3RLQWIXQFWLRQ
FDQDGMXVWWKHDPRXQWRIXSGRZQDQGOHIW
ULJKWPRYHPHQWDQGOLPLWRIHDFKFKDQQHO
2. Model type selection
Select the model type matched to the aircraft
with the Model Type select function of the Linkage
Menu. For an airplane, select the model type from
among the 2 types: airplane and glider. And then
select the wing type and the tail type matched to
the aircraft.
44 <Model Basic Setting Procedure>
4. Throttle cut setting (Airplane)
Throttle cut can be performed with one touch by a
switch without changing the throttle trim position.
Set throttle cut with the Throttle Cut function of
the Linkage Menu. After activating the throttle cut
function and selecting the switch, adjust the throttle
position so that the carburetor becomes fully closed.
For safety, the throttle cut function operates the
throttle stick in the 1/3 or less (slow side) position.
The offset amount of the aileron, elevator, and
flap servos can be adjusted as needed. Also the
VSHHGRIWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQGÀDSVHUYRVFDQ
be adjusted. You can also set the Auto Mode, which
will link Airbrake to a stick, switch, or dial. A
separate stick switch or dial can also be set as the
ON/OFF switch.
5. Idle down setting (Airplane)
The idling speed can be lowered with one touch
by a switch without changing the throttle trim
position. Perform this setting with the Idle Down
function of the Linkage Menu. After activating the
Idle Down function and selecting the switch, adjust
the idle down speed. For safety, the idle down
function acts only when the throttle stick is in the
lowest part of its throw.
*While the Throttle Cut function is in operation, the Idle
Down function does not work.
$GGLWLRQRIÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV*OLGHU
The Condition Select function automatically
allocates the normal condition (NORMAL) for
each model. NORMAL is the default condition and
is the only one active when a new model type is
GH¿QHG
,I\RXZDQWWRDGGÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVSOHDVHUHIHU
to a description of the CONDITION function.
6. D/R function
D/R function is used to adjust the throw and
operation curve of the stick functions (aileron,
elevator, rudder and throttle) for each switch
SRVLWLRQDLUSODQHRUHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQJOLGHU
7KLVLVQRUPDOO\XVHGDIWHUWKHPRGHOHUKDVGH¿QHG
the maximum throw directions in the End Point
settings.
(Airplane)
*The NORMAL is always on, and remains on until other
conditions are activated by switches, stick positions, etc.
Please refer to the section entitled Switch Selection Method
for additional information on how to do so.
*It is possible to customize the activation of the flight
conditions.
*The Condition Delay can be programmed for each channel.
The Condition Delay is used to change the servo throw
smoothly when switching conditions.
(Glider)
7. Airbrake (Airplane)
This function is used when an airbrake is
necessary when taking off or diving, etc. Please
note: this menu item is only available under certain
ZLQJFRQ¿JXUDWLRQV)RUH[DPSOHLWZLOOQRWDSSHDU
if a single aileron wing type has been selected.
7KHSUHVHWHOHYDWRUDQGÀDSRIIVHWDPRXQWFDQ
be activated by a switch.
<Model Basic Setting Procedure>
45
Helicopter basic setting procedure
This section outlines examples of use of the helicopter functions of the T14SG. Adjust the actual values,
etc. to match the fuselage used.
functions for the chosen model type. Six swash types are
available for helicopters.
*For a description of the swash type selection, refer to the
MODEL TYPE function.
1. Model addition and selection
Initially, the T14SG assigns the first model to
model-01 in the transmitter. To add new models
or to select a model already programmed, use the
Model Select function of the Linkage Menu.
3. Flight condition addition
7KHWUDQVPLWWHURIIHUVXSWR¿YHÀLJKWFRnditions
per model.
This is convenient when selecting a model
after entering the model's names in advance. The
T14SG is capable of storing up to 30 models in the
transmitter's internal memory. Additional models
can also be stored in an optional SD card.
The currently selected model is displayed in
the middle of the screen. Before flying and before
changing any settings, always confirm the model
name.
When a new model is added, the Model Type select
screen and system mode setup screen automatically
appear. Change, or check that they match the swash
type and receiver type of the model used.
When a new model is added, you will need to relink the receiver.
The Condition Select function automatically
DOORFDWHV¿YHFRQGLWLRQVIRUKHOLFRSWHUV
,QLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ1250$/
ŏ,'/(836:(
ŏ,'/(836:(
ŏ,'/(836:)
ŏ+2/'+ROGVZLWFKLVQRWDVVLJQHGLQLWLDOO\
Note: Since you may accidentally activate
a condition that not previously setup during
ÁLJKWZKLFKFRXOGFDXVHDFUDVKZHVXJJHVW
deleting conditions that are not used.
*For a description of the condition deletion, refer to the
Condition Select function.
2. Model type and swash type selection
If a different model type is already selected,
select helicopter with the Model Type function of
the Linkage Menu, and then select the swash type
matched to the helicopter.
The NORMAL condition is always on, and
remains on until other conditions are activated by
switches.
The priority is throttle hold/idle up 3/idle up 2/
idle up 1/normal. Throttle hold has the highest
priority.
The Condition Delay can be programmed for
each channel and condition. The Condition Delay
is used to change the servo throw smoothly when
switching conditions.
*HQHUDOÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVHWWLQJH[DPSOH
ŏ1RUPDO8VHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJFRQGLWLRQVRSHUDWH
ZKHQVZLWFK2))
8VHIURPHQJLQHVWDUWLQJWRKRYHULQJ
ŏ,GOHXS2SHUDWHDW6:(FHQWHU
8VHLQVWDOOWXUQORRSDQGRWKHUPDQHXYHUV
ŏ,GOHXS2SHUDWHDW6:(IRUZDUGVLGH
*The Model Type function automatically selects the
appropriate output channels, control functions, and mixing
8VHLQUROOV
ŏ7KURWWOHKROG2SHUDWHDW6:*IRUZDUGVLGH
8VHLQDXWRURWDWLRQ
46 <Model Basic Setting Procedure>
4. Servo Connection
5. Throttle/Pitch curve setting
Connect the throttle rudder, aileron, elevator,
pitch, and other servos in accordance with the
kit instruction manual. For a description of the
connection method, see "Receiver and Servos
Connection".
This function adjusts the throttle or pitch
operation curve in relation to the movement of the
throttle stick for each condition.
Note: The channel assigned to each function
can be checked at the Function menu of the
Linkage Menu.
7KURWWOHFXUYHVHWWLQJH[DPSOH!
Activate the throttle curve of each condition with
the condition select switch.
ŏ1RUPDOFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW
ŏ ,I WKH GLUHFWLRQ RI RSHUDWLRQ RI WKH VHUYR
LV LQFRUUHFW XVH WKH 5HYHUVH IXQFWLRQ RI
WKH /LQNDJH 0HQX $OVR XVH WKH VZDVK $)5
IXQFWLRQLQRWKHUWKDQWKH+PRGH
1RUPDO FXUYH FUHDWHV D EDVLF WKURWWOH FXUYH
FHQWHUHG QHDU KRYHULQJ 7KLV FXUYH LV DGMXVWHG
WRJHWKHUZLWKWKHSLWFKFXUYH1RUPDOVRWKDWWKH
HQJLQH VSHHG LV FRQVWDQW DQG XSGRZQ FRQWURO LV
HDVLHVW
ŏ,GOHXSFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW
7KH ORZ VLGH 7KURWWOH FXUYH FUHDWHV D FXUYH
PDWFKHGIRUDHUREDWLFVORRSUROO'HWF
ŏ7KURWWOHKROGFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW
&RQÀUPWKDWWKHUDWHRIWKHVORZHVWSRVLWLRQRI
WKHVWLFNLVLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
<([DPSOHRISLWFKFXUYHVHWWLQJ!
ŏ$GMXVWWKHGLUHFWLRQRIRSHUDWLRQRIWKHJ\UR
*\URVLGHIXQFWLRQ
ŏ &RQQHFW WKH WKURWWOH OLQNDJH VR WKDW WKH
FDUEXUHWRUFDQIXOO\FORVHDWIXOOWULPWKURWWOH
FXW
ŏ$GMXVWWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQDWWKHOLQNDJHVLGH
DQGÀQHWXQHZLWKWKH6XE7ULPIXQFWLRQDQG
(QG 3RLQW IXQFWLRQ 7R SURWHFW WKH OLQNDJH
DOLPLWSRVLWLRQFDQDOVREHVHWZLWKWKH(QG
3RLQWIXQFWLRQ
Activate the pitch curve of each condition with
the condition select switch.
ŏ3LWFKFXUYH1RUPDO
0DNHWKHSLWFKDWKRYHULQJDSSUR[LPDWHO\º~6º
6HW WKH SLWFK DW KRYHULQJ ZLWK WKH VWLFN SRVLWLRQ DW
WKHSRLQWDVWKHVWDQGDUG
*Stability at hovering may be connected to the throttle curve.
Adjustment is easy by using the hovering throttle function
and hovering pitch function together.
ŏ3LWFKFXUYH,GOHXS
7KHLGOHXSSLWFKFXUYHIXQFWLRQFUHDWHVDFXUYH
PDWFKHGWRDLUERUQHÁLJKW
6HWWRºaºDVVWDQGDUG
ŏ3LWFKFXUYH,GOHXS
7KHKLJKVLGHSLWFKVHWWLQJLVOHVVWKDQLGOHXS
7KHVWDQGDUGLVº
ŏ3LWFKFXUYH+ROG
$W DXWR URWDWLRQ XVH WKH PD[LPXP SLWFK DW ERWK
WKHKLJKDQGORZVLGHV
ŏ6ZDVKSODWHFRUUHFWLRQ([FHSW+PRGH
*If any interactions are noticed, for a description of the
linkage correction function, please refer to the SWASH
function.
>3LWFKDQJOHVHWWLQJH[DPSOH@
7KURWWOHKROGºaº
<Model Basic Setting Procedure>
47
6. D/R function
D/R function is used to adjust the throw and
operation curve of aileron, elevator and rudder for
each condition.
*For throttle and pitch curve settings, refer to the aforementioned "Throttle/Pitch curve setting"
7KLVLVQRUPDOO\XVHGDIWHU(QG3RLQWKDVGH¿QHG
the maximum throw directions.
function from the Model Menu, and set the curve
for each condition. (At initial setting, this function
is in the "INH" state. To use it, set it to the "ON"
state.)
6HWWLQJH[DPSOH!
Activate the mixing curve of each condition with
the condition select switch.
$FXUYHVHWWLQJH[DPSOHLVVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJFXUYH1RUPDO
8VH WKH KRYHULQJ V\VWHP DQG VHW WKLV FXUYH WR
PDWFKWDNHRIIDQGODQGLQJDQGYHUWLFDOFOLPEDWD
FRQVWDQWVSHHG
ŏ3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJ,GOHXS
*\URVHQVLWLYLW\DQGPRGHVZLWFKLQJ
The gyro sensitivity and mode switching
function is utilized to adjust the gyro mixing of the
model, and can be set for each condition.
8VHWKLVFXUYHLQVWDOOWXUQORRSDQGDGMXVWLWVRWKH
IXVHODJH LV IDFLQJ VWUDLJKW DKHDG ZKHQ KHDGLQJ
LQWRWKHZLQG
ŏ3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJ+ROG
7KLV IXQFWLRQ LV VHW VR WKDW WKH IXVHODJH LV IDFLQJ
VWUDLJKW DKHDG DW VWUDLJKW OLQH DXWR URWDWLRQ 7KH
SLWFKRIWKHWDLOURWRUEHFRPHVQHDUO\º
9. Throttle hold setting
ŏ 1RUPDOFRQGLWLRQKRYHULQJ*\URVHQVLWLYLW\
PD[LPXP
ŏ ,GOH XS ,GOH XS 7KURWWOH KROG *\UR
VHQVLWLYLW\PLQLPXP
ŏ +RZHYHU GXULQJ DXWR URWDWLRQV ZLWK D WDLO
GULYHQKHOLFRSWHUWKLVIXQFWLRQPD\QRWKDYH
DQ\HIIHFWRQWKHKLJKJ\URVHQVLWLYLW\
3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJVHWWLQJ
Note: When using a Futaba GY Gyro, or other
heading hold gyro, this Pitch to RUD mixing
should not be used. The reaction torque is
corrected by the gyro. When operating the
gyro in the AVCS mode, the mixed signal will
cause neutral deviation symptoms and the
gyro will not operate normally.
*If throttle hold is necessary, please refer to the THR HOLD
function.
10. Throttle cut setting
Throttle cut provides an easy way to stop the
HQJLQHE\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN
at idle. The action is not functional at high throttle
to avoid accidental dead sticks. The switch’s
location and direction must be chosen, as it defaults
to NULL.
*With throttle stick at idle, adjust the cut position until the
engine consistently shuts off, but throttle linkage is not
binding.
Use this function when you want to suppress
the torque generated by the changes in the pitch
and speed of the main rotor during pitch operation.
Adjust it so that the nose does not swing in the
rudder direction. However, when using a heading
hold gyro like those shown above, do not use Pitch
to rudder mixing.
Activate the Pitch to rudder (Pit -->RUD) mixing
48 <Model Basic Setting Procedure>
6ZDVK0L[FRUUHFWVDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQG
pitch interaction
The swash mix function is used to correct the
swash plate in the aileron (Left/Right Cyclic)
and elevator (Forward/Aft Cyclic) direction
corresponding to each operation of each condition.
7KURWWOHPL[LQJVHWWLQJ
*If throttle mixing is necessary for a compensation for
slowing of engine speed caused by swash plate operation
during aileron or elevator operation, please refer to the
THROTTLE MIX function.
2WKHUVSHFLDOPL[LQJV
ŏ3LWFKWR1HHGOHPL[LQJ
7KLVPL[LQJLVXVHGZLWKHQJLQHVZLWKDGHVLJQZKLFK
DOORZV QHHGOH FRQWURO GXULQJ IOLJKW IXHODLU PL[WXUH
DGMXVWPHQW$QHHGOHFXUYHFDQEHVHW
ŏ*RYHUQRUPL[LQJ
7KLV PL[LQJ LV GHGLFDWHG JRYHUQRU PL[LQJ ZKHQ D
JRYHUQRULVXVHG
<Model Basic Setting Procedure>
49
SYSTEM MENU
The System Menu sets up functions of the
transmitter: This does not set up any model data.
ŏ &DOO WKH V\VWHP PHQX VKRZQ EHORZ E\
WRXFKLQJ WKH 6<6 EXWWRQ WZLFH DW WKH KRPH
VFUHHQHWF
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFW >6<67(0 0(18@
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH KRPH
VFUHHQ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2UDHOME/
EXITEXWWRQLVSXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ$FFHVVVHWXSVFUHHQ
RETURN
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
System Menu functions table
[TRAINER]: Starts and sets the trainer system.
[DISPLAY]: LCD and back-light adjustment
[USER NAME]: User name registration
[SOUND]: Turns off the buzzer.
[H/W SET]: H/W reverse, calibration and stick mode
[START SEL.]: Immediately, a model selection can be performed
[AUTO LOCK]: The automatic lock function of two kinds of touch sensors
[INFO]: Displays the program version, SD card information, product ID, and language selection.
[SBUS SERVO]: S.BUS servo setting.
50 <Functions of System Menu>
7UDLQHUV\VWHPVWDUWLQJDQGVHWWLQJ
TRAINER
T14SG trainer system makes it possible for the
instructor to chose which channels and operation
modes that can be used in the students transmitter.
The function and rate of each channel can be
set, the training method can also be matched to
the student's skill level. Two transmitters must be
connected by an optional Trainer Cord, and the
Instructors’ transmitter should be programmed for
trainer operation, as described below.
When the Instructor activates the trainer switch,
the student has control of the aircraft (if MIX/
FUNC/NORM mode is turned on, the Instructor
can make corrections while the student has control).
When the switch is released the Instructor regains
control. This is very useful if the student gets the
aircraft into an undesirable situation.
ŏ6HWWLQJGDWDDUHVWRUHGWRPRGHOGDWD
ŏ6WXGHQWUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHGDW0,;)81&
1250PRGH
ŏ$FWLYDWHGVWXGHQWFKDQQHOVFDQEHVHOHFWHG
E\VZLWFKHV
NOTE: This trainer system can be used in the
following manner;
1. With the T14SG transmitter and a conventional
transmitter, if the channel order is different,
it is necessary to match the channel order
before using this function.
You can select the channel of input data
from student's transmitter in the "FUNC" or
"MIX" mode.
2. When the T14SG is used as the instructor’s
transmitter, set the modulation mode of the
student’s transmitter to PPM.
If being used as the student, T14SG can be
connected to the instructor's transmitter which
the PPM mode as the student's modulation
mode is required. T14SG always sends PPM
mode signal from the trainer jack.
3. Be sure that all channels work correctly in
ERWKWUDQVPLWWHUVEHIRUHÁ\LQJ
Corresponding types of transmitters and trainer mode settings:
7\SHVRIWUDQVPLWWHUV
,QVWUXFWRU
6WXGHQW
76*70= 76*70=
70=);
76*
7=7)*
);
76*
76*
76*
76*
70=);
7=7)*
);
7)*);
7&7&*
7&7&
7&7-
,QVWUXFWRU
VWUDQVPLWWHUVHWWLQJV
6\VWHP7\SH
7UDLQHUVHWWLQJ
0RGPRGH
&+PRGH
7UDLQHU&RUGV
&+
$UELWUDU\
&+
-
$UELWUDU\
&+
3&0*
*
&+
330
$UELWUDU\
&+
&+
)$6670/7
)$66708/7
-
-
$UELWUDU\
&+
330
-
-
7)*)870
$UELWUDU\
$UELWUDU\
&+
&+
$UELWUDU\
$UELWUDU\
-
-
7)*)870
76*
$UELWUDU\
&+
$UELWUDU\
&+
-
76*
$UELWUDU\
&+
$UELWUDU\
&+
-
76*
$UELWUDU\
-
$UELWUDU\
&+
-
7)*);
7&7&
7&7(;
7(;
7&*7&
7-7-
$UELWUDU\
6WXGHQW
VWUDQVPLWWHUVHWWLQJV
6\VWHP7\SH
7UDLQHUVHWWLQJ
0RGPRGH
&+PRGH
0RGPRGH
7)*)870
DQG&)870
7UDLQHU&RUGV
7)*)870
DQG&)870
7UDLQHU&RUGV
<Functions of System Menu>
51
ŏ6HOHFW>75$,1(5@LQWKH6\VWHPPHQXDQGHQWHUWKH
VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571
EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHP
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
Mode and switch selection
$FFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ SDJH VKRZQ
EHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH6EXWWRQWKUHHWLPHV
Note: The trainer function won’t be turned
on unless the Instructor's transmitter receives
signals from the student's transmitter. Be
sure to confirm this after connecting your
trainer cable.
Operating mode selection
6HWXSVFUHHQSDJH
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >$&7@ RU >&+@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU 7KH GLVSOD\ EOLQNV 7RXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WKH PRGH 7R WHUPLQDWH
WKHPRGHFKDQJHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
$&7(QDEOHRSHUDWLRQE\FKDQJLQJWR>2))@
RU>21@
&+:KHQWKHVWXGHQWXVHVWKH76*
70= 7= 7)* RU ); VHOHFW >&+@
2WKHUZLVHVHOHFW>&+@
,IFKDQJLQJWKHWUDLQHUVZLWFK
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6:@LWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFFHVV WKH VZLWFK VHWXS
VFUHHQ
6HH6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGDWWKHHQGRI
WKLVPDQXDOIRUVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGGHWDLOV
6:6HOHFWWKHGHVLUHGVZLWFK
,QLWLDOVHWWLQJ6+
*The switch mode can also be selected when setting the ON
position on the switch setup screen. When [ALTERNATE
OFF] is selected, normal ON/OFF operation is performed.
When [ALTERNATE ON] is selected, the trainer function
is alternately turned on and off each time the switch is
operated. This allows alternate ON/OFF switching even
when a momentary switch (SH) is used.
52 <Functions of System Menu>
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02'(@ LWHP RI WKH
FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU 7KH GLVSOD\ EOLQNV 7RXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WKH PRGH 7R WHUPLQDWH
WKHPRGHFKDQJHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
02'(6HOHFWWKHGHVLUHGRSHUDWLRQPRGH
IRUHDFKFKDQQHO
NORM: The model is controlled by signals from the student
transmitter.
MIX mode: The model is controlled by signals from the
instructor and student transmitters. (Reset the student's
model data to the default condition.)
FUNC mode (function mode): The model is controlled by
signals from the student transmitter with the instructor 's
setting. (Reset the student's model data to the default
condition.)
OFF: Only the instructor side operates.
Adjusting the student's rate.
*This can be adjusted for students who may need lower rates
than a more experienced student.
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >5$7(@ LWHP RI WKH
FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
5$7($GMXVWWKHGHVLUHGUDWH
6HWWLQJUDQJHa
,QLWLDOYDOXH
*When you want to reset the value to the initial state, touch
the RTN button for one second.
7R HQG DGMXVWPHQW WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
Changing the student's channel
*The setting above allows setting of the channel assignment
of student side when [MIX] or [FUNC] was selected.
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>678&+@LWHPRIWKH
FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH FKDQQHO E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU 7KH GLVSOD\ EOLQNV 7RXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQWRFKDQJHWKHFKDQQHO7RWHUPLQDWH
WKHPRGHFKDQJHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
678 &+ 0DWFK WKH FKDQQHO RUGHU RI WKH
,QVWUXFWRU
V DQG VWXGHQW
V WUDQVPLWWHU 7KLV
IXQFWLRQ ZLOO KHOS LI ERWK WUDQVPLWWHUV DUH LQ
GLIIHUHQWPRGHVRUWKH0DVWHUKDVDGLIIHUHQW
ZLQJ W\SH VHW XS 7KH VWXGHQW FDQ EH VHW
WR PDWFK WKH 0DVWHU ZLWKRXW DQ\ SK\VLFDO
FKDQJHVEHLQJPDGH
<Functions of System Menu>
53
DISPLAY
/&'DQGEDFNOLJKWDGMXVWPHQWXQLWV\VWHP
LCD contrast, back-light brightness and backlight off-timer adjustment are possible:
Moreover, a display unit can be chosen from the
metric system or yard/pound.
ŏ6HOHFW>',63/$<@DWWKHV\VWHPPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHP
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q . 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
RETURN
LCD contrast adjustment
6HOHFW&2175$67DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGHDQGDGMXVW
WKHFRQWUDVWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
&2175$67 $GMXVW WKH FRQWUDVW WR WKH
GHVLUHG YDOXH ZKLOH ZDWFKLQJ WKH VFUHHQ
GLVSOD\
6HWWLQJUDQJH/LJKWHUWR'DUNHU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
*When you want to reset the value to the initial state, touch
the RTN button for one second.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
Back-light brightness adjustment
6HOHFW %5,*+71(66 DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGHDQG
DGMXVW WKH EDFNOLJKW EULJKWQHVV E\ VFUROOLQJ
WKHWRXFKVHQVRU
%5,*+71(66 $GMXVW WKH EULJKWQHVV WR WKH
GHVLUHG YDOXH ZKLOH ZDWFKLQJ WKH VFUHHQ
GLVSOD\
6HWWLQJUDQJH2))WR/LJKWHU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
*When you want to reset the value to the initial state, touch
the RTN button for one second.
54 <Functions of System Menu>
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
Back-light off-timer
6HOHFW2))7,0(5DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGHDQGDGMXVW
WKHEDFNOLJKWRIIWLPHUE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
2))7,0(5$GMXVWWKHWLPHZKHQWKHEDFN
OLJKW WXUQV RII DIWHU RSHUDWLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
6HWWLQJ UDQJH WR VHF HDFK VHF
2))DOZD\VRQ
,QLWLDOYDOXHVHF
*When you want to reset the value to the initial state, touch
the RTN button for one second.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
Unit system adjustment
6HOHFW 81,7 6<6 DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGHDQGDGMXVW
WKHXQLWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
6HWWLQJUDQJH0(75,&RU<$5'3281'
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
USER NAME
8VHUQDPHUHJLVWUDWLRQ
This function allows the modelers to change the
T14SG user name.
*A name of up to 10 characters can be entered as the user
name. Please note that a space is also counted as one
character.
ŏ6HOHFW >86(5 1$0(@ DW WKH 6\VWHP PHQX DQG
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ
8VHUQDPHFDQGLGDWH
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHP
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
RETURN
User name registration
&KDUDFWHUOLVW
&KDQJHWKHXVHUQDPHDVGHVFULEHGEHORZ
>0RYLQJFXUVRULQXVHUQDPHFDQGLGDWH@
6HOHFW>ł@RU>ń@DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
>'HOHWLQJDFKDUDFWHU@
:KHQ>'(/(7(@LVVHOHFWHGDQGWKH571EXWWRQ
LVWRXFKHGWKHFKDUDFWHULPPHGLDWHO\DIWHU
WKHFXUVRULVGHOHWHG
>$GGLQJDFKDUDFWHU@
:KHQ D FKDUDFWHU LV VHOHFWHG IURP WKH
FKDUDFWHUOLVWDQGWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHG
WKDW FKDUDFWHU LV DGGHG DW WKH SRVLWLRQ
LPPHGLDWHO\DIWHUWKHFXUVRU
&KDUDFWHUOLVW
&KDUDFWHUOLVW
*A name of up to 10 characters long can be entered as the
user name. (A space is also counted as 1 character.)
8SRQ FRPSOHWLQJ WKH LQSXW VHOHFW >(17(5@
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ 7R WHUPLQDWH
LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDO VWDWH VHOHFW
>&$1&(/@DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
<Functions of System Menu>
55
SOUND
7XUQVRIIWKHEX]]HU
The warning sound and other sounds of the
T14SG transmitter can be turned off.
*When “WARNING” was set to OFF, the no operation alarm
(30 minutes), mixing warning sound, and low battery alarm
sounds also turned off.
ŏ 6HOHFW >6281'@ DW WKH V\VWHP PHQX DQG DFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHP
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q . 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
RETURN
On/off operation
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >7,0(5@>:$51,1*@
RU >27+(5 6281'@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH 21 RU 2)) E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
*The display blinks.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
56 <Functions of System Menu>
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
H/W SETTING
+DUGZDUHUHYHUVHDQGVWLFNPRGH
H/W reverse
This function reverses the operation direction of
the sticks, switches, trimmer levers, and knobs.
Note: This setting reverses the actual operation
signal, but does not change the display
indicators. Use the Normal mode as long as
there is no special reason to use the Reverse
mode.
Note: This will not change the throttle ratchet,
etc. Those are mechanical changes that
must be performed by a Futaba service
center.
Note: After changing the mode, these changes
are only applied to new models. It is not
applied to an existing model.
Stick calibration
J1-J4 stick correction can be performed.
Stick mode
This function changes the stick mode of
transmitter.
ŏ6HOHFW>+:6(7@DWWKHV\VWHPPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHP
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ$FFHVVVHWXSVFUHHQ
RETURN
Operation direction reversal method
Changing stick mode
6HOHFW>+:5(9(56(@DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXS
VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571
EXWWRQ
6HOHFW >67,&. 02'(@ DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS
VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571
EXWWRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH LWHP FRUUHVSRQGLQJ
WR WKH +: KDUGZDUH \RX ZDQW WR UHYHUVH
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU 7KH GLVSOD\ EOLQNV :KHQ WKH 571
EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGWKHRSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQLV
UHYHUVHG 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH PRGH FKDQJH
WRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
12501RUPDORSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQ
5(92SHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQLVUHYHUVHG
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH 67,&. 02'( LWHP
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH PRGH 7KH GLVSOD\ EOLQNV :KHQ
WKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGWKHVWLFNPRGHLV
FKDQJHG 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH PRGH FKDQJH
WRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
(J3)
(J2)
(J4)
0RGH
-
$LOHURQ
$LOHURQ
5XGGHU
5XGGHU
-
7KURWWOH
(OHYDWRU
7KURWWOH
(OHYDWRU
(J1)
-
(OHYDWRU
7KURWWOH
(OHYDWRU
7KURWWOH
-
5XGGHU
5XGGHU
$LOHURQ
$LOHURQ
<Functions of System Menu>
57
Stick calibration method
*J3 and J4 correction is described below. J1 and J2
corrections are performed using the same procedure.
6HOHFW >&$/,%5$7,21@ DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS
VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571
EXWWRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH -- EXWWRQ DQG
WRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
0RYHWKH-RU-VWLFNVWRWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ
DQGSUHVVWKH571EXWWRQIRURQHVHFRQG
6HW WKH - DQG - VWLFNV IXOO\ WR WKH ERWWRP
ULJKWDQGZDLWXQWLOWKHEX]]HUVRXQGV
6HWWKH-DQG-VWLFNVIXOO\WRWKHWRSOHIWDQG
ZDLWXQWLOWKHEX]]HUVRXQGV
7 K H D E R Y H F R P S O H W H V W K H F R U U H F W L R Q
RSHUDWLRQ 2SHUDWH DQG FKHFN LI VWLFN
FRUUHFWLRQZDVSHUIRUPHGQRUPDOO\
58 <Functions of System Menu>
START SEL.
,PPHGLDWHO\DPRGHOVHOHFWLRQFDQEHSHUIRUPHG
START SEL is a function which starts and can
perform a model selection immediately.
Each time, it is convenient for the modeler
which is enjoying two or more models by one of a
transmitter.
turned ON. With a few quick touches, it is possible
to change models whereas before it would require
a multi-step process. The T14SG stores up to four
models in the Quick Select offerings.
Quick Select Screen
When the transmitter is turned on, it will open to
the Model Selection Screen immediately.
As the name suggests, the Quick Model Select
Function enables the modeler to change the
selected models rapidly each time the transmitter is
Model Select Screen
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHP
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
RETURN
Setting Up and Adjusting the Quick Select Models
7KH 6WDUW 6HOHFWLRQ 67$57 6(/ PHQX LV
DFFHVVHG WKURXJK WKH 76* 6\VWHP 0HQX
7XUQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU 21 DQG WKHQ SUHVV WKH
6<6 6\VWHP EXWWRQ WZR WLPHV 8VH WKH
6HQVRU7RXFKŒWRKLJKOLJKWWKH6WDUW6HOHFWLRQ
67$57 6(/ DQG WKHQ SUHVV WKH 5HWXUQ 571
EXWWRQWRFRQÀUPWKHVHOHFWLRQ
7KH 6WDUW 6HOHFWLRQ 67$57 6(/ PHQX RSWLRQ
GHIDXOWV WR 2)) PHDQLQJ WKDW 4XLFN 6HOHFW
DQG 0RGHO 6HOHFW DUH QRW DSSOLFDEOH 7R
DFWLYDWH WKH 4XLFN 6HOHFW RU 0RGHO 6HOHFW
XVH WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK WR VFUROO WR WKH 2))
VHWWLQJ DV GHQRWHG LQ WKH LPDJH :LWK WKH
2)) LQGLFDWLRQ KLJKOLJKWHG SUHVV WKH 5HWXUQ
571EXWWRQDQGURWDWHWKH6HQVRU7RXFKRQFH
DJDLQWRVFUROODPRQJVWWKHRSWLRQV:LWKWKH
4XLFN6HOHFW48,&.6(/LQGLFDWHGSUHVVWKH
5HWXUQ571EXWWRQRQFHDJDLQWRPDNHWKH
GHVLUHGVHOHFWLRQDVLQGLFDWHG
activated, there are two additional options available
for customization; ALWAYS and MDL (Model).
These options determine if/when the Quick Select
information will appear on-screen. ALWAYS,
as the name suggests, indicates that each time
the transmitter is powered-up, the Quick Select
information will appear on-screen. The MDL
(Model) setting indicates that the Quick Select
information will appear on-screen only when
the MDL button is pressed simultaneously as the
transmitter is turned ON. With the Quick Select
mode highlighted, use the SensorTouch to move to
the activation setting options. Model (MDL) is the
default setting. Press the Return (RTN) button to
bring forth the options, then scroll to the ALWAYS
setting using the SensorTouch pad. Press the Return
571EXWWRQRQFHDJDLQWR¿QDOL]HWKHVHOHFWLRQ
Quick Select Activation:
With the Quick Select (QUICK SEL.) option
<Functions of System Menu>
59
Model Select Screen
Assigning models to the sensor buttons:
There are four sensors/buttons that correspond This allows the Model Select screen to be accessed
with the SensorTouch: Link (LNK), Model (MDL) immediately upon turning ON the transmitter.
System (SYS) and S1. As such, it is possible to offer
* Please note: this function cannot be utilized at the same time
as the Quick Select function. If more than four models are
up to four models available through the Quick Select
ÀRZQUHJXODUO\ZHVXJJHVWWKDWWKH0RGHO6HOHFWIXQFWLRQEH
IXQFWLRQ:HVXJJHVWXVLQJWKHPRGHOVWKDW\RXÀ\
utilized as it will save time when selecting the desired aircraft.
most often.
,IIRXURUIHZHUPRGHOVDUHÀRZQWKH4XLFN6HOHFWRSWLRQ
would be the best choice.
8VH WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK VFUROO WR WKH GHVLUHG
* Please note: the Model Select function does not allow access
VHQVRUEXWWRQIRUWKHÀUVWPRGHOIRUH[DPSOH
to the RENAME, COPY or DELETE options. To utilize one
/LQN/1.
of these options, please access the Model Select screen in
:LWK WKH LQSXW QH[W WR WKH GHVLUHG VHQVRU
the typical manner as described in the complete instruction
KLJKOLJKWHGSUHVVWKH5HWXUQ571EXWWRQRQH
manual.
WLPH
7KH
6WDUW 6HOHFWLRQ 67$57 6(/ PHQX LV
8VLQJ WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK VFUROO WKURXJK WKH
DFFHVVHG WKURXJK WKH 76*·V 6\VWHP 0HQX
DYDLODEOH PRGHOV 7R VHOHFW WKH GHVLUHG
7XUQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU 21 DQG WKHQ SUHVV WKH
PRGHOSUHVVWKH5HWXUQ571EXWWRQ
6<6 6\VWHP EXWWRQ WZR WLPHV 8VH WKH
5HSHDWDVGHVLUHGIRUWKHUHPDLQLQJVHQVRUV
6HQVRU7RXFKŒWRKLJKOLJKWWKH6WDUW6HOHFWLRQ
67$57 6(/ DQG WKHQ SUHVV WKH 5HWXUQ 571
EXWWRQWRFRQÀUPWKHVHOHFWLRQ
Using the sensors to select the model:
7XUQ 21 WKH WUDQVPLWWHU DFWLYDWLQJ WKH
4XLFN 6HOHFW VFUHHQ ,I 0RGHO 0'/ KDV
EHHQ VHOHFWHG SOHDVH EH VXUH WR SUHVV WKH
0RGHO 0'/ VHQVRU ZKHQ SRZHULQJ XS WKH
WUDQVPLWWHU
7KH 6WDUW 6HOHFWLRQ 67$57 6(/ PHQX RSWLRQ
GHIDXOWV WR 2)) PHDQLQJ WKDW 4XLFN 6HOHFW
DQG 0RGHO 6HOHFW DUH QRW DSSOLFDEOH 7R
DFWLYDWHWKH4XLFN6HOHFWRU0RGHO6HOHFWXVH
WKH6HQVRU7RXFKWRVFUROOWRWKH2))VHWWLQJDV
GHQRWHGLQWKHLPDJH:LWKWKH2))LQGLFDWLRQ
KLJKOLJKWHGSUHVVWKH5HWXUQ571EXWWRQDQG
URWDWH WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK RQFH DJDLQ WR VFUROO
WR WKH 0RGHO 6HOHFW 02'(/ 6(/ 3UHVV WKH
5HWXUQ 571 EXWWRQ RQFH DJDLQ WR DFWLYDWH
0RGHO6HOHFWDVLQGLFDWHG
* Please note: Even if the Quick Select function is active, the
Power Mode screen will appear when the transmitter is turned
ON while simultaneously pressing the Return (RTN) button.
7R VHOHFW WKH PRGHO DVVLJQHG WR D SDUWLFXODU
VHQVRU GRXEOHFOLFN WKH GHVLUHG VHQVRU )RU
H[DPSOH02'(/LVDVVLJQHGWR6GRXEOH
Model Select Activation:
FOLFN6WREULQJIRUWKDOOVHWWLQJVHWFIRU0RGHO With the Model Select (MODEL SEL.) option
7KH 76* RIIHUV DQ DXGLEOH DQG YLVXDO
activated, there are two additional options available
FRQÀUPDWLRQDVWKHVHOHFWHGPRGHOPHPRU\LV
for customization; ALWAYS and MDL (Model).
FKDQJHGDFFRUGLQJO\
* If the Return (RTN) button is double-clicked, the T14SG the
current model is selected as indicated on the display. That is,
the model that was used prior to the last time the transmitter
was turned OFF.
60 <Functions of System Menu>
These options determine if/when the Model Select
information will appear on-screen. ALWAYS,
as the name suggests, indicates that each time
the transmitter is powered-up, the Model Select
information will appear on-screen. The MDL
(Model) setting indicates that the Model Select
information will appear on-screen only when
the MDL button is pressed simultaneously as the
transmitter is turned ON.
With the Model Select mode highlighted, use the
SensorTouch to move to the activation setting
options. Model (MDL) is the default setting. Press
the Return (RTN) button to bring forth the options,
then scroll to the ALWAYS setting using the
SensorTouch pad. Press the Return (RTN) button
RQFHDJDLQWR¿QDOL]HWKHVHOHFWLRQ
Using the Model Select Function:
7XUQ 21 WKH WUDQVPLWWHU DFWLYDWLQJ WKH
0RGHO 6HOHFW VFUHHQ ,I 0RGHO 0'/ KDV
EHHQ VHOHFWHG SOHDVH EH VXUH WR SUHVV WKH
0RGHO 0'/ VHQVRU ZKHQ SRZHULQJ XS WKH
WUDQVPLWWHU
*Please note: Even if the Model Select function is active, the
Power Mode screen will appear when the transmitter is turned
ON while simultaneously pressing the Return (RTN) button.
7KH 6HQVRU7RXFK LV XVHG WR VHOHFW DPRQJVW
WKH RQVFUHHQ PRGHOV 7KH FXUUHQW PRGHO
ZLOO DXWRPDWLFDOO\ EH KLJKOLJKWHG ZKHQ WKH
WUDQVPLWWHULVWXUQHG21,IDGLIIHUHQWPRGHOLV
GHVLUHGXVHWKH6HQVRU7RXFKWRVFUROOWKURXJK
WKH DYDLODEOH RSWLRQV HDFK KLJKOLJKWHG
DFFRUGLQJO\ $JDLQ WR VHOHFW D PRGHO
SUHVV WKH 5HWXUQ 571 EXWWRQ DFFRUGLQJO\
7KH 76* RIIHUV DQ DXGLEOH DQG YLVXDO
FRQÀUPDWLRQDVWKHVHOHFWHGPRGHOPHPRU\LV
FKDQJHG
<Functions of System Menu>
61
AUTO LOCK
7KHDXWRPDWLFORFNIXQFWLRQRIWZRNLQGVRI6HQVRU7RXFK
The Auto Lock function makes it possible to lock
the transmitter to prevent any unwanted input from
\RXUKDQGVZKLOHÀ\LQJ
The auto lock function can be set in two ways.
LOCK TIMER
Auto Lock functions automatically when there is
no operation from the HOME screen display for a
chosen number of seconds.
● Manual lock
START LOCK
Auto Lock functions automatically when the
model changes or power is turned on.
*To temporarily allow access to the T14SG programming
press and hold the S1 or HOME/EXIT bitton for one second.
Please note, the Auto Lock function timer will resume
immediately once again.
If HOME/EXIT button is touched 1
second or more from a HOME screen,
a SensorTouch locks manually.
● Manual lock
If S1 button is touched 1 second
or more from a HOME screen, a
SensorTouch locks manually.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHP
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q . 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
RETURN
Auto lock method
2SHQ WKH $XWR ORFN VFUHHQ LQ WKH V\VWHP
PHQX
● Lock release
Every lock function's touch [ 1 second
or more ] of S1 button will release the
lock.
● Lock release
Every lock function's touch [ 1 second
or more ] of HOME/EXIT button will
release the lock.
$GMXVW WKH DFWLYDWLRQ WLPHU IRU WKH $XWR
/RFN IXQFWLRQ 7KH WLPHU ZLOO EHJLQ FRXQWLQJ
LPPHGLDWHO\ ZKHQ WKH +20( VFUHHQ LV QRW
XVHG 7KH WLPHU LV DGMXVWDEOH LQ RQH VHFRQG
LQFUHPHQWV XS WR VHFRQGV ,I WKH WLPHU
YDOXHLV2))WKLVIXQFWLRQLVQRWDSSOLFDEOH
● Display of a lock
If locked, there will be sound and the
icon of a key will come out.
7 K H 6 W D U W / R F N V H W W L Q J Z L O O L I H Q D E O H G DXWRPDWLFDOO\ ORFN WKH 76* ZKHQ WKH
WUDQVPLWWHULVSRZHUHGXS7RDOORZDFFHVVWR
WKHWUDQVPLWWHU
VIXQFWLRQVSUHVVDQGKROGWKH
6NH\IRURQHVHFRQG
Danger
*If neither the Lock Timer or Start Lock functions are active
(OFF), then the key lock remains even if the power is turned off.
*If the Lock Timer is enabled and the Start Lock is off, the key
lock status is canceled each time the T14SG is turned on.
62 <Functions of System Menu>
It is recommended to Lock the
6HQVRU7RXFKGXULQJÀLJKWWRSUHYHQW
any accidental touches which could
change settings and cause an accident.
'LVSOD\VWKHSURJUDPYHUVLRQ6'FDUGLQIRUPDWLRQDQGSURGXFW,'
INFO
The T14SG system program version information,
SD card information (current and maximum
QXPEHURIPRGHOGDWDDQGRWKHU¿OHVDQGSURGXFW
ID are displayed on the Information screen.
The language displayed in home, menu, and
setup screen is selectable.
*When the SD card is not inserted, the SD card information is
not displayed.
ŏ6HOHFW>,1)2@DWWKHV\VWHPPHQXDQGDFFHVVWKH
VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571
EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHP
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RETURN
Information
Language selection
352'8&73URGXFW,'QXPEHU
5),'5),'QXPEHU
/$1*8$*(7KHODQJXDJHXVHGLQ76*
9(56,21 76* V\VWHP SURJUDP YHUVLRQ
LQIRUPDWLRQ
$5($$UHDZKLFKFDQXVH76*
&$5' 6,=( &XUUHQW0D[LPXP QXPEHU RI
PRGHOGDWDDQGRWKHUÀOHV6'FDUG
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH /$1*8$*( LWHP
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
&KDQJHWKHODQJXDJHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU 7KH GLVSOD\ EOLQNV :KHQ WKH 571
EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGWKHODQJXDJHLVFKDQJHG
7RWHUPLQDWHWKHFKDQJHWXUQWKH(',7GLDO
RUSXVKWKH6EXWWRQ
<Functions of System Menu>
63
SBUS SERVO
6%86VHUYRVHWWLQJ
An S.BUS servo can memorize the channel
and various settings you input. Servo setting
can be performed on the T14SG screen by
wiring the servo as shown in the figure.
ZD\KXE
RU
<KDUQHVVHV
76*
ŏ 6HOHFW >6281'@ DW WKH V\VWHP PHQX DQG DFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHP
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q . 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6%866%86
6HUYR
%DWWHU\
<SensorTouch™>
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RETURN
Servo ID number
Individual ID numbers are memorized for your
S.BUS(2) servos in your T14SG. When a servo is
used, the servo ID number is automatically read by
the transmitter. If you use multiple S.BUS(2) servos
and do not want to change the settings on all that are
mounted in a fuselage, only the desired servo in the
JURXS FDQ EH VHW E\ HQWHULQJ WKH ,' RI WKDW VSHFL¿F
servo.
* After reading completion, with connection of the above
¿JXUHLIDVWLFNLVPRYHGWKHWHVWRIRSHUDWLRQRIWKHVHUYR
can be operated and carried out.
* S9070SB cannot be arranged by T14SG.
* With some S.BUS(2) servos, there are some functions with
cannot be used. If a function cannot be used, the display screen
will change.
(Only the function which can be used by a servo is displayed.)
Procedure for changing S.BUS servo setting
6HOHFW>6%866(592@RIWKH6\VWHP0HQX
:LUHWKHVHUYRDVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUHDERYH
3UHVV>5(&$//@RQSDJH6LVSXVKHGWZLFH
7KH ,' DQG FXUUHQW VHWWLQJ RI WKDW VHUYR DUH
GLVSOD\HG >5(&$//@ LV FKRVHQ ⇒ 571 LV
SXVKHG ⇒ 571LVSXVKHGIRUVHFRQG
:KHQPXOWLSOHVHUYRVDUHFRQQHFWHGFKDQJH
>,1+@DWWKHULJKWVLGHRIWKH,'QXPEHURQWKH
VFUHHQ WR >$&7@ DQG HQWHU WKH ,' RI WKH VHUYR
\RXZDQWWRVHW
6HWHDFKLWHP3OHDVHVHHWKHQH[WSDJH
3 U H V V > : 5 , 7 ( @ R Q S D J H > : 5 , 7 ( @ L V
FKRVHQ ⇒ 571LVSXVKHG ⇒ 571LVSXVKHGIRU
VHFRQG7KHVHWWLQJVDUHFKDQJHG
64 <Functions of System Menu>
3XVK >,1,7@ LI \RX ZRXOG OLNH WR LQLWLDOL]H D
VHWXS RI D VHUYR >,1,7@ LV FKRVHQ ⇒ 571 LV
SXVKHG ⇒ 571LVSXVKHGIRUVHFRQG
S.BUS Servo Description of function of each parameter
*There are a function which can be used according to the kind of servo, and an impossible function.
‡,'
Displays the ID of the servo whose parameters are to be read. It cannot be changed.
‡&KDQQHO
Channel of the S.BUS system assigned to the servo. Always assign a channel before use.
‡5HYHUVH
The direction in which the servo rotates can be changed.
‡6HUYRW\SH
When “Retractable” is selected and the servo has been continuously stopped for 30 seconds, the dead band
expands and unnecessary hold current due to external force is eliminated. When a new control signal enters,
normal operation is resumed. When using the servo as a landing gear servo, select “Retractable”. Also adjust the
servo travel to match the landing gear movement range.
‡6RIW6WDUW
Restricts operation in the specified direction the instant the power is turned on. By using this setting, the first initial
movement when the power is turned on slowly moves the servo to the specified position.
‡6WRS0RGH
The state of the servo when the servo input signal is lost can be specified. The "Hold" mode setting holds the
servo in its last commanded position even if using AM or FM system.
‡6PRRWKHU
This function changes smoothness of the servo operation relative to stick movement changes. Smooth setting is
used for normal flight. Select the "OFF" mode when quick operation is necessary such as 3D.
‡1HXWUDO2IIVHW
The neutral position can be changed. When the neutral offset is large value, the servo's range of travel is restricted
on one side.
‡6SHHG&RQWURO
Speeds can be matched by specifying the operating speed. The speed of multiple servos can be matched without
being affected by motor fluctuations. This is effective for load torques below the maximum torque.
However, note that the maximum speed will not be exceed what the servo is capable of even if the servos
operating voltage is increased.
‡'HDGEDQG
The dead band angle at stopping can be specified.
[Relationship between dead band set value and servo operation]
Small ĺ Dead band angle is small and the servo is immediately operated by a small signal change.
Large ĺ Dead band angle is large and the servo does not operate at small signal changes.
(Note) If the dead band angle is too small, the servo will operate continuously and the current consumption will
increase and the life of the servo will be shortened.
‡7UDYHO$GMXVW
The left and right travels centered about the neutral position can be set independently.
‡%RRVW
The minimum current applied to the internal motor when starting the servo can be set. Since a small travel does
not start the motor, it essentially feels like the dead band was expanded. The motor can be immediately started by
adjusting the minimum current which can start the motor.
[Relationship between boost set value and servo operation]
Small ĺ Motor reacts to a minute current and operation becomes smooth.
Large ĺ Initial response improves and output torque increases. However, if the torque is too large, operation will
become rough.
<Functions of System Menu>
65
‡%RRVW212))
OFF : It is the boost ON at the time of low-speed operation.(In the case of usual)
ON : It is always the boost ON.(When quick operation is hope)
‡'DPSHU
The characteristic when the servo is stopped can be set.
When smaller than the standard value, the characteristic becomes an overshoot characteristic. If the value is
larger than the standard value, the brake is applied before the stop position.
Especially, when a large load is applied, overshoot, etc. are suppressed by inertia and hunting may occur,
depending on the conditions. If hunting (phenomena which cause the servo to oscillate) occurs even though the
Dead Band, Stretcher, Boost and other parameters are suitable, adjust this parameter to a value larger than the
initial value.
[Relationship between damper set value and servo operation]
Small ĺ When you want to overshoot. Set so that hunting does not occur.
Large ĺ When you want to operate so that braking is not applied. However, it will feel like the servo response has
worsened.
(Note) If used in the hunting state, not only will the current consumption increase, but the life of the servo will also
be shortened.
‡6WUHWFKHU
The servo hold characteristic can be set. The torque which attempts to return the servo to the target position
when the current servo position has deviated from the target position can be adjusted.
This is used when stopping hunting, etc., but the holding characteristic changes as shown below.
[Relationship between stretcher and servo operation]
Small ĺ Servo holding force becomes weaker.
Large ĺ Servo holding force becomes stronger.
(Note) When this parameter is large, the current consumption increases.
‡%X]]HU
When the power supply of a servo is previously turned on at the time of a power supply injection without taking
transmit of a transmitter, the buzzer sound of about 2.5 Hz continues sounding from a servo.
(Even when the transmit of a transmitter is taken out previously, a buzzer becomes until the signal of a servo is
outputted normally, but it is not unusual.)
The transmitter has been turned OFF ahead of a servo power supply → The buzzer sound of about 1.25 Hz
continues sounding as servo power supply end failure alarm.
(Do not insert or remove the servo connector while the receiver power is ON. A buzzer may sound
by incorrect recognition.)
* Buzzer sound is generated by vibrating the motor of a servo.
Since current is consumed and a servo generates heat, please do not operate the number more than needed or
do not continue sounding a buzzer for a long time.
66 <Functions of System Menu>
FUNCTIONS OF LINKAGE MENU
The Linkage Menu is made up of functions
which perform model addition, model type
selection, system type, end point setting, and other
model basic settings.
The functions which can be selected depend on
the model type. A typical menu screen is shown
below.
ŏ $FFHVV WKH /LQNDJH PHQX VKRZQ EHORZ E\
WDSSLQJWKH/1.EXWWRQWZRWLPHV
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTNEXWWRQ 2UDHOME/
EXITEXWWRQLVSXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ&DOOLQJVHWXSVFUHHQ
RETURN
**The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
Linkage Menu functions table
[SERVO]: Displays the servo test and operation position
[MODEL SEL]: Model addition, call, deletion, copy, model name setting
[MODEL TYPE]: Model type, wing type, swash type, etc. selection
[SYSTEM]: System mode selection, link of a transmitter and receiver, area mode selection
[FUNCTION]: Channel assignment of each function can be changed
[SUB-TRIM]: Adjusts the neutral position of each servo
[REVERSE]: Reverses the servo travel direction
[FAIL SAFE]: Fail safe function and battery fail safe function setting
[END POINT]: Servo travel adjustment and limit setting
[SERVO SPEED]: Speed setup of a servo
[THR CUT]: Stops the engine safely and easily (airplane and helicopter only)
[IDLE DOWN]: Lowers the idle speed of the engine (airplane only)
>6:$6+5,1*@/LPLWVWKHVZDVKSODWHWUDYHOWRZLWKLQD¿[HGUDQJHKHOLFRSWHURQO\
[SWASH]: Swash AFR and linkage correction function (helicopter only)
[T1-T4 SET.]: Control step amount and mode selection of the digital trim
[WARNING]: Mixing warning normal reset
[TELEMETRY]: Displays various data sent from the receiver.
[SENSOR]: Various telemetry sensors setting
[DATA RESET]: Model memory set data reset
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
67
SERVO MONITOR
6HUYR7HVW*UDSK'LVSOD\'LVSOD\VVHUYRSRVLWLRQV
This is used for testing servo movement.
“Moving Test” (repetition mode) and “Neutral
7HVW´¿[HGSRVLWLRQPRGHDUHDYDLODEOH
The “Neutral Test” is good for finding the
neutral position of a servo horn.
In order to prevent any potential difficulties,
the servo test function will be inoperable, or
LQDFFHVVLEOHXQGHUFHUWDLQFRQGLWLRQV6SHFL¿FDOO\
the Servo Test function is not operational if the
Throttle Cut is ON in either airplane or helicopter
modes; or if the Throttle Hold is ON in Helicopter
mode.
ŏ $ >80(18021@ EXWWRQ LV SXVKHG RQFH IURP D
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ 6HOHFW >6(592@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG DFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
RETURN
Servo test operation
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>2))@LWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
6HOHFW WKH WHVW PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7KHGLVSOD\
EOLQNV 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WKH
PRGH 7R WHUPLQDWH PRGH FKDQJH WRXFK
WKH6EXWWRQ
>029,1*@0RGHZKLFKUHSHDWVRSHUDWLRQRI
HDFKVHUYR
>1(875$/@ 0RGH ZKLFK ORFNV HDFK VHUYR LQ
WKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ
0 R Y H W K H F X U V R U W R W K H > 0 2 9 , 1 * @ R U
>1(875$/@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH>2))@E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7HVWLQJLVVWRSSHG
68 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
MODEL SELECT
7KH0RGHO6HOHFWLRQIXQFWLRQSHUIRUPVPRGHODGGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQ
GHOHWLRQFRS\DQGPRGHOQDPHVHWWLQJ
This function is used to load the settings of the
desired model into the T14SG’s memory.
The settings may be selected from either the
transmitter’s internal memory or an SD card.
Remember that up to 30 model memories are available
in the transmitter.
The name of the model stored in the transmitter and
the SD card may be changed. This can be very useful
to tell different models settings apart. Each model name
can be as long as 10 characters, and the model name
always appears in the display screen.
The Copy function is used to copy parameters,
settings, etc. from one model data into a second
memory. It may be used for getting a head-start on
setting up models with almost the same settings (only
GLIIHUHQFHVQHHGWREHPRGL¿HGLQVWHDGRIHQWHULQJWKH
complete model from scratch). Also, this function may
be used to make a backup copy of a model setup before
any changes are made.
*T14SG can use the model data of T8FGS for SD card,
copying it. However, the model data of T14SG cannot be
used by T8SG (S).
ŏ 6HOHFW >02'(/ 6(/(&7@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX
DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\
WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
&XUUHQWPRGHO
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RETURN
*The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.
0RGHOOLVW
Model selection
*Model data saved on the transmitter memory other than the
model currently used can be selected.
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ
GLVSOD\ 7; RU &$5' DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
WRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
>7;@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\
>&$5'@6'FDUG
$IWHUPRYLQJWKHFXUVRUWRWKHGHVLUHGPRGHO
LQWKHPRGHOOLVWWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
0RYHWR>6(/(&7@
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ $ FRQILUPDWLRQ
PHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HG7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
IRURQHVHFRQGDQGVHOHFWLRQLVFRPSOHWH
Model addition
*A new model can be added to the transmitter memory. It can
not be added to the SD card.
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>1(:@
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ $ FRQILUPDWLRQ
PHVVDJHDSSHDUV7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQIRU
RQHVHFRQG
*The model type setup screen and frequency setup screen are
DXWRPDWLFDOO\GLVSOD\HG&RQ¿UPRUFKDQJHWKHPRGHOW\SH
and SYSTEM mode.
*Transmission stops and then starts in the new model.
*The added model appears in the model list of the model
select setup screen.
*Link is required when a new model is
made from a model selection.
*Transmission stops and then starts in the new model.
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
69
Model deletion
*The model stored in the transmitter memory or an SD card
can be deleted.
*The current model can not be deleted.
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ
GLVSOD\ 7; RU &$5' DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
WRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
>7;@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\
>&$5'@6'FDUG
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH PRGHO \RX ZDQW WR
GHOHWH LQ WKH PRGHO OLVW DQG WKHQ WRXFK WKH
571EXWWRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>'(/(7(@
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ:KHQDFRQÀUPDWLRQ
PHVVDJH LV GLVSOD\HG DQG WKH 571 EXWWRQ
LV WRXFKHG IRU RQH VHFRQG WKH PRGHO LV
GHOHWHG
Model name change
*The model name of the model stored in the transmitter
memory or a SD card can be changed.
,IFKDQJLQJWKHORFDWLRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ
GLVSOD\ 7; RU &$5' DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
WRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
>7;@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\
>&$5'@6'FDUG
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH PRGHO \RX ZDQW WR
FKDQJHLQWKHPRGHOOLVWDQGWKHQWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQ
0RYHWR>5(1$0(@
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
*The model name setup screen is displayed.
User name (candidate)
>$GGLQJDFKDUDFWHU@
:KHQ D FKDUDFWHU LV VHOHFWHG IURP WKH
FKDUDFWHUOLVWDQGWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHG
WKDW FKDUDFWHU LV DGGHG DW WKH SRVLWLRQ
LPPHGLDWHO\DIWHUWKHFXUVRU
*A name of up to 10 characters long can be entered as the
model name. (A space is also counted as one character.)
$IWHUWKHGHVLUHGLQIRUPDWLRQKDVEHHQLQSXW
VHOHFW >(17(5@ DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ
7RWHUPLQDWHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDO
VWDWH VHOHFW >&$1&(/@ DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQ
Model copy
*A copy can be made of the model stored in the transmitter
memory or an SD card.
,IFKDQJLQJWKHORFDWLRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ
GLVSOD\ 7; RU &$5' DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
WRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
>7;@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\
>&$5'@6'FDUG
6HOHFW WKH PRGHO \RX ZDQW WR FRS\ LQ WKH
PRGHOOLVWDQGWKHQWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
0RYHWR>&23<@
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
*The copy screen appears.
, I U H S O D F L Q J W K H P R G H O V W R U H G L Q W K H
WUDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\
0RYHWR>$''/,67@DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKHGHVWLQDWLRQPRGHOE\VFUROOLQJWKH
WRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
>$''/,67@DGGLQJWKHPRGHOWRWKHOLVW
>PRGHOQDPH@UHSODFLQJWKHPRGHO
*The model stored in the SD card can be replaced.
&KDQJH WKH PRGHO QDPH DV GHVFULEHG
EHORZ
>0RYLQJFXUVRULQWKHXVHUQDPHFDQGLGDWH@
6HOHFW>ł@RU>ń@DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
>'HOHWLQJDFKDUDFWHU@
:KHQ>'(/(7(@LVVHOHFWHGDQGWKH571EXWWRQ
LVWRXFKHGWKHFKDUDFWHULPPHGLDWHO\DIWHU
WKHFXUVRULVGHOHWHG
70 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
,IFKDQJLQJWKHORFDWLRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FRS\ GHVWLQDWLRQ
GLVSOD\ 7; RU &$5' DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
WRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
0RYHWR>&23<@
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ:KHQDFRQÀUPDWLRQ
PHVVDJH LV GLVSOD\HG DQG WKH 571 EXWWRQ LV
WRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHPRGHOGDWDLV
FRSLHG
MODEL TYPE
7KLVIXQFWLRQVHOHFWVWKHPRGHOW\SHIURPDPRQJDLUSODQHKHOLFRSWHU
DQGJOLGHU
Six swash types are available for helicopters.
Six types of main wings and three types of tail
wings are available for airplanes and gliders.
Functions and mixing functions necessary for each
model type are set in advance at the factory.
Note: The Model Type function automatically
selects the appropriate output channels,
control functions, and mixing functions for the
chosen model type.
When the Model Type selection command
is accessed, all of the data in the active
memory is cleared (except the following
swash type.) Be sure that you don’t mind
losing this data, or back it up to another
memory using the copying functions.
When changing the helicopter swash type
within the following groups, you can leave
the settings other than the SWASH function.
However, this is initialized when you change
the swash type to the other swash type
group.
Swash type group A:
+++5DQG+(
Swash type group B:
++;
ŏ 6HOHFW >02'(/ 7<3(@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
RETURN
(The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.)
Model type selection
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH LWHP \RX ZDQW WR
FKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFK
WRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH GHVLUHG W\SH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
WRXFK VHQVRU DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ $
FRQILUPDWLRQ PHVVDJH DSSHDUV 7RXFK WKH
571EXWWRQIRURQHVHFRQG
0RYHWR><(6@DQG7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQIRU
RQHVHFRQG
7RWHUPLQDWHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDO
VWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQRUVHOHFW>12@DQG
WRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
7<3(0RGHOW\SH
:,1*DLUSODQHJOLGHU:LQJW\SH
7$,/DLUSODQHJOLGHU7DLOW\SH
6:$6+KHOLFRSWHU6ZDVKW\SH
,I UHVHWWLQJ WKH GDWD ZKHQ FKDQJLQJ WKH
KHOLFRSWHUVZDVKW\SH
(Helicopter)
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>2))@DQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW >21@ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK VHQVRU
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ $ FRQILUPDWLRQ
PHVVDJHDSSHDUV7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
$FWLYDWH WKH VZDVK W\SH VHWWLQJ 7KH VZDVK
VHWWLQJSDUDPHWHUVDUHUHVHW
*The wing types which can be selected depend on the mode;
FASST, Multi-ch, or 7ch, etc.
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
71
Model type selection (Airplane, Glider)
Ɣ:LQJW\SH1RUPDO
Ɣ:LQJW\SH7DLOOHVVZLQJ
Ɣ5XGGHUW\SH
Ɣ7DLOW\SH
Model type selection (Helicopter)
Ɣ6ZDVKW\SH
72 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
SYSTEM
6\VWHPPRGHVHWWLQJ5HFHLYHUOLQN
System Type selection
The T14SG is for 2.4GHz only. The system
can be changed from among 5 choices: FASSTest
1 4 C H , FA S S Te s t 1 2 C H , FA S S T M U LT I ,
FASST 7CH, S-FHSS. It is FASSTest14CH and
FASSTest12CH which can be chosen by R7008SB
set. The method of selection is to the next page.
*If you change the System Type, other model data is not
reset.
*If a system type is changed in Helicopter mode, the
transmitter will offer two selections:
[Yes] : Selection sets the channel order suitable for System
Type. (We recommend here. )
[No] : The present channel order is maintained.
*After any change, remember to test the model and should
fully check servo direction and a motion.
*Analog servos cannot be used with the R7008SB in the
FASSTest 12CH mode.
Dual receiver function (only FASSTest 14CH
mode)
Dual receivers can be linked with the T14SG.
Two receivers are recognized individually by ID
numbers. For example, in R7008SB, CH output
setting function is used, by setting the first as as
"1-8CH", and setting the second as "9-14CH", two
sets of receivers can be used as a set in the model,
allowing you 14 channels. If a Dual receiver
function is used, the following function can set up
individually.
・Battery fail-safe voltage setup
A telemetry function cannot be used for the 2nd
receiver. The voltage and Ext voltage of a 2nd
receiver cannot be known with a transmitter.
ŏ6HOHFW>6<67(0@LQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH
571EXWWRQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
<SensorTouch™>
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RETURN
Area mode selection (Frequency range)
The T14SG transmitter has been designed to
function in many countries. If you will be utilizing
this transmitter in a country other than France,
please make sure that [AREA] is set to "G". If,
however, this transmitter will be utilized in France,
it must be set to "F" in order to comply with French
regulations.FASST mode selection
Receiver linking
The receiver will only be controlled (without
being affected by other transmitters) by the
transmitter it is linked to. When using a receiver
other than one purchased as a set, linking is
necessary.
Moreover, a re-link is required when a new
model is added by model selection, and the time of
system type change.
Linking method
P.37
Cases when linking is necessary:
・:KHQXVLQJDUHFHLYHURWKHUWKDQWKHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
・:KHQ WKH FRPPXQLFDWLRQ V\VWHP ZDV FKDQJHG
)$667HVW&+ ↔ )$667HVW&+HWF)
・:KHQ D QHZ PRGHO ZDV FUHDWHG E\ PRGHO
VHOHFWLRQ
Battery fail-safe voltage setup (only FASSTest
mode)
The voltage which battery fail-safe activates,
can be set when you link. (3.5-8.4V) The receiver
memorizes the setting as it was at link.
Suggested setting voltages are as follows.
‡FHOOV1L&GRU1L0+1RUPDOY Y
‡FHOOV/L)H1RUPDOY aY
‡FHOOV/L3R1RUPDOY aY
It is a rough reference value.
Since it changes with servos carried in the
condition and the model of a battery, please set to
your own model in a battery consumption current.
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
73
Telemetry function (FASSTest mode only)
To use the telemetry function, set “Telemetry”
to “ACT”.
DL Interval (FASSTest mode only)
When a telemetry function is enabled, the
receiving interval (down-link interval) of sensor
data can be changed.
If a DL interval is increased, the response of
the sensor data display becomes slower, but stick
response will improve.
System Type selection procedure
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >)$667HVW&+@
LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
Area mode selection (Frequency range)
procedure
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >*@ LWHP DQG WRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
6HOHFW WKH >*@RU>)@ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
*"F" is chosen only when using the transmitter is used in
France. Leave this in "G" otherwise.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
Telemetry ACT/INH procedure
6HOHFW WKH V\VWHP W\SH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
WRXFKVHQVRU
>)$667HVW&+@>)$667HVW&+@>)$667
08/7@>)$667&+@>6)+66@
*An example of selections for each system is on the
following page.
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR HQG DGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
Dual receiver function (only FASSTest 14CH
mode) procedure
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >6,1*/(@ LWHP DQG
WRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH >6,1*/(@ RU >'8$/@ E\ VFUROOLQJ
WKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,' RI D 3ULPDU\
UHFHLYHUGLVSOD\V
,'RID6HFRQGDU\
UHFHLYHUGLVSOD\V
,Q'8$/DSULPDU\UHFHLYHULVOLQNSUHYLRXVO\
1H[WDVHFRQGDU\UHFHLYHULVOLQN
74 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH7(/(0(75<>$&7@LWHP
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH>$&7@RU>,1+@E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
DL Interval set procedure
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH 7(/(0(75< '/>V@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH '/ WLPH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU ,I D '/ LQWHUYDO LV LQFUHDVHG WKH
UHVSRQVHRIWKHVHQVRUGDWDGLVSOD\EHFRPHV
VORZHUEXWVWLFNUHVSRQVHZLOOLPSURYH
,QLWLDOYDOXHV
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHVaV
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
The example for choosing System Type
-Response speed has
priority over number
of channels
-Want to use a
previously used
receiver as is
-Want to use a
miniature receiver
for indoor planes
-Want to use an
S-FHSS system
miniature receiver
-Telemetry requires
only the current
receiver battery
FASST 7CH
-Want to use more channels
-Want to use a large number
of telemetry functions
FASST MULTI
FASSTest 12CH
FASSTest 14CH
R7008SB
R7003SB
R7008SB
R7003SB
R608FS
R6008HS
R6108SB
R6208SB
R6014HS
R6014FS
R6203SB
R6203SBE
R6202SBW
R6303SB
R6303SBE
R617FS
R6004FF
R616FFM
R6106HF
R6106HFC
R6203SB
R6203SBE
R6202SBW
R6303SB
R6303SBE
S-FHSS
R2006GS
R2106GF
R2008SB
(Usable receivers)
(The time of December, 2012)
System Type
■ FASSTest 14CH --- FASSTest system receiver mode. Applicable with the telemetry sensor unit. Up to
18 channels (linear 12+ON/OFF2) can be used.
■ FASSTest 12CH --- FASSTest system receiver mode. Applicable with receiver voltage display. Up to 12
channels (linear10+ON/OFF2) can be used. Telemetry Sensor cannot be used, but
the response speed is a faster than that of the 14CH mode.
s!NALOGSERVOSCANNOTBEUSEDWITHTHE23"INTHE&!334EST#(MODE
■ FASST MULTI
--- FASST-MULTI system receiver mode. Up to 14 channels (linear 12+ON/OFF2) can
be used.
■ FASST 7CH
--- FASST-7CH system receiver mode. Up to 7 channels can be used.
■ S-FHSS
--- S-FHSS system receiver mode. Up to 8 channels can be used.
Receiver link method in FASST and S-FHSS
If the receiver of FASST and S-FHSS is used, the
methods of a link differ.
%ULQJWKHWUDQVPLWWHUDQGWKHUHFHLYHUFORVHWR
HDFKRWKHUZLWKLQLQFKHVKDOIPHWHU
7XUQRQWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
7XUQRQWKHUHFHLYHU
3UHVV DQG KROG WKH /LQN VZLWFK PRUH WKDQ
WZR VHFRQGV :KHQ WKH OLQN LV FRPSOHWH
WKH /(' LQ WKH UHFHLYHU FKDQJHV WR VROLG
JUHHQ :KHQ WKH ,' FDQQRW EH UHDG GXH WR
WKH VXUURXQGLQJ HQYLURQPHQW WU\ UHDGLQJ LW
ZLWK WKH WUDQVPLWWHU DQG UHFHLYHU DQWHQQDV
WRXFKHG
*Follow the manual of the receiver to be used.
Moreover, carry out an operating check.
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
75
FUNCTION
&KDQQHODVVLJQPHQWRIHDFKIXQFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHG
When you select model and wing (swash) types,
you will find that the optimized combinations of
servo output channels and functions have been
already preset. If you would like, you can freely
change combinations of servo output channels,
functions (aileron, elevator, etc), and control (sticks,
switches, and trim levers).
*You can also assign the same function to multiple servo
output channels such as assigning elevator function to CH2
and CH3.
Channel Replacement
When the channel is replaced in the Function
menu, replaced channel uses the setting data (ATV,
SUB-TRIM, REVERSE, F/S, and B-F/S, etc.).
Servo Output Channels
For FASSTest 14CH mode, you can set 12 linear
channels and two digital channels. For FASSTest
12CH mode, you can set 10 linear channels and
two digital channels. For FASST MULT mode, you
can set 12 linear channels and two digital channels.
For FASST 7CH mode, you can set only 7 linear
channels. For S-FHSS mode, you can set only 8
linear channels.
*DG1/2 (digital channels)
These channels can function as switched channels. You can
freely change combinations between servo output channels
and input controls (sticks, switches, and trim levers).
Motor Function
If you have either a Glider or Airplane Model
Type selected, and choose to activate the Motor
function, a reverse setting screen is displayed.
*If YES is selected, the output is reversed. If NO is selected,
the output is normal.
:DUQLQJ
As a safety precaution to prevent the motor
from starting unexpectedly, please switch
off the motor accordingly. We also suggest
removing the propeller from the motor as an
additional precaution.
ŏ 6HOHFW >)81&7,21@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ
ŏ7ULPRSHUDWLRQPRGH
&20%&RPELQDWLRQPRGH
6(3$56HSDUDWHPRGH
,WVHWVXSE\T1-T4 SETRI/,1.$*(0(18
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
(The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.)
Function change
Operation control change
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHIXQFWLRQLWHPRIWKH
FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH &75/ LWHP RI WKH
FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQ
*The function selection screen is displayed.
*The control selection screen is displayed.
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH IXQFWLRQ QDPH \RX
ZDQWWRVHWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
*The function name blinks.
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR H[HFXWH WKH
FKDQJH :KHQ \RX ZDQW WR FDQFHO WKLV
RSHUDWLRQWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
*Multiple channels can be assigned to one function.
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHFRQWURO\RXZDQWWR
FKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
*The same control can be assigned to multiple channels.
76 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
&DPEHU0RWRU%XWWHUÀ\FRQWUROVHWWLQJJOLGHU
&DPEHU0RWRU%XWWHUÀ\IXQFWLRQFRQWUROFDQEHFKDQJHGIRU
each condition.
&DPEHU 0RWRU RU %XWWHUIO\ FRQWURO JURXS
VLQJOH VHWWLQJ LV SHUIRUPHG DW WKH IXQFWLRQ
VHWXSVFUHHQ **URXSFRPPRQWRDOOFRQGLWLRQV
66LQJOHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ
Trim setting
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH 75,0 LWHP RI WKH
FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQ
*The trim setup screen is displayed.
7KH IROORZLQJ LWHPV FDQ EH VHW DW WKH WULP
VHWXSVFUHHQ
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRFKDQJHWKHPRGH
7RWHUPLQDWHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDO
VWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
>1250@1RUPDOPRGH1RUPDOWULPSDUDOOHO
VKLIWWULPRSHUDWLRQ
> $ 7 / @ $ 7 / R S H U D W L R Q P R G H 0 D [ L P X P
FKDQJH QHDU LGOH RU ORZVWLFN SRVLWLRQ
QRUPDOO\ XVHG ZLWK WKURWWOH WULP ,W LV DOVR
SRVVLEOHWRUHYHUVHWKHWUDYHO
*[NORMAL]/[REVERSE] selection is possible in "ATL"
mode.
Throttle trim (helicopter only)
* The throttle trim in conditions other than "Normal"
condition can be inhibited.
: K H Q R W K H U W K D Q Q R U P D O F R Q G L W L R Q L V
VHOHFWHGPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKURWWOHWULPRQ
WKHIXQFWLRQVHWXSVFUHHQDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQIRUVHFRQG
*When "X" is displayed, THR trim is inhibited in conditions
other than normal condition.
Trim selection
Channel replacement
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH WULP OHYHU HWF \RX
ZDQWWRVHWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQW
WR UHSODFH DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKHGHVWLQDWLRQFKDQQHOE\VFUROOLQJ
WKH WRXFK VHQVRU $ FRQILUPDWLRQ PHVVDJH
DSSHDUV 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR UHSODFH
WKH FKDQQHO 7R WHUPLQDWH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ
WRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
*The setting can be changed.
Trim rate setting
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >5$7(@ LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HWWKHWULPUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
(When the RTN button is touched for one second, the trim
rate is reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
Trim mode selection
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02'(@ LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH WULP PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU $ FRQILUPDWLRQ PHVVDJH DSSHDUV
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
77
SUB-TRIM
6HWWLQJRIQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQRIHDFKVHUYR
The Sub-Trim function is used to set the servo
neutral position, and may be used to make fine
adjustments to the control surface after linkages
and pushrods are hooked up. When you begin to set
up a model, be sure that the digital trims are set to
their center position.
ŏ6HOHFW>68%75,0@LQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
RETURN
(The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.)
Sub-trim adjustment
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWR
DGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaVWHSV
(When the RTN button is touched for one second, sub-trim is
reset to the initial value.)
*Before sub-trim adjustment, it is very important to adjust the
linkages at the control surface so that you do not use subtrim, except for very minute adjustments.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKFKDQQHO
78 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
REVERSE
8VHWRUHYHUVHWKHWKURZGLUHFWLRQ
Servo Reverse changes the direction of an
individual servo’s response to a control input.
For CCPM helicopters, be sure to read the
section on Swash AFR before reversing any servos.
With CCPM helicopters, always complete your
servo reversing prior to any other programming.
If you use pre-built Airplane/Sailplane functions
that control multiple servos, it may be confusing
to tell whether the servo needs to be reversed or a
setting in the function needs to be reversed. See the
instructions for each specialized function for further
details. Always check servo direction prior to every
ÀLJKWDVDQDGGLWLRQDOSUHFDXWLRQWRFRQ¿UPSURSHU
model memory, hook ups, and radio function.
ŏ6HOHFW>5(9(56(@LQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RETURN
(The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.)
Servo reversing procedure
*Upon setup completion of a new model, check whether or
not each servo is connected to the correct channel.
*Next, determine whether you need to reverse any channels
by moving each stick and/or other control inputs.
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWR
UHYHUVH DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK
WRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH GLUHFWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU$FRQÀUPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV
>1250@1RUPDO
>5(9@5HYHUVH
7 R X F K W K H 5 7 1 E X W W R Q W R F K D Q J H W K H
GLUHFWLRQ 7R WHUPLQDWH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR
WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
*Repeat the operation above for each channel that must be
reversed.
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
79
FAIL SAFE
6HWV WKH VHUYRV RSHUDWLQJ SRVLWLRQ ZKHQ WUDQVPLWWHU VLJQDOV FDQ QR
ORQJHUEHUHFHLYHGRUZKHQWKHUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJHGURSV
The Failsafe function may be used to set up
positions that the servos move to in the case of
radio interference.
You may set either of two positions for each
channel: Hold, where the servo maintains its last
commanded position, or Failsafe, where each
servo moves to a predetermined position. You may
choose either mode for each channel. (FASST 7CH
mode: CH3 only)
The T14SG system also provides you with an
advanced battery monitoring function that warns
you when the receiver battery has only a little
power remaining. In this case, each servo is moved
to the defined failsafe position. (FASST 7CH
mode: CH3 only) The battery failsafe may be
released by operating a predefined control on the
transmitter (default is throttle), do not continue
to fly, land as soon as possible. Remember, if the
predefined control suddenly moves to a position
you did not command, land at once and check your
receiver battery.
'H¿QHVVHUYRSRVLWLRQZKHQVLJQDOVDUHORVWDQG
when receiver battery voltage becomes low.
:DUQLQJ
For safety, always set the fail safe functions.
Ɣ5HPHPEHUWRVHWWKHWKURWWOHFKDQQHOIDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQVRWKDW
the servo moves to the maximum slow side for airplanes and
to the slow side from the hovering position for helicopters.
Crashing of the model at full high when normal radio waves
cannot be received due to interference, etc., is very dangerous.
Ɣ,IWKHEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHLVUHVHWE\WKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLWPD\
be mistaken for an engine malfunction and will be reset at
WKURWWOHVORZDQGWKHPRGHOZLOOFRQWLQXHWRÀ\,I\RXKDYH
any doubts, immediately land.
ŏ6HOHFW>)$,/6$)(@LQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
(The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.)
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
RETURN
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
Fail safe setting procedure
Battery fail safe setting procedure
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH )6 LWHP RI WKH
FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH )6 PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU$FRQÀUPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV
%DWWHU\IDLOVDIHFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFKDQQHO
E\WKHVDPHPHWKRGDVWKHIDLOVDIHVHWWLQJ
SURFHGXUH6HOHFWDQGVHWWKH%)6LWHP
>21@%DWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ21
>2))@%DWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ2))
*The display blinks.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
WRVWRSVHWWLQJ
*The channel switches to the F/S mode.
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH326LWHP
+ROG WKH FRUUHVSRQGLQJ VWLFN NQRE VOLGHU
HWF LQ WKH SRVLWLRQ \RX ZDQW WKH VHUYR
WR PRYH WR ZKHQ WKH IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQ LV
DFWLYDWHGDQG7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQIRURQH
VHFRQG
*The set position is displayed in percentage.
*If you want to return that channel to the hold mode, move
the cursor to the "F/S" item and touch the RTN button
to switch to the data input mode. Select the F/S mode by
VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU$FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV
and then change the mode by touching the RTN button.
80 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
Battery fail safe release switch setting
7KLVIXQFWLRQWHPSRUDULO\UHOHDVHVWKHEDWWHU\
IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQ VR WKH IXVHODJH FDQ
UHFRYHU DIWHU WKH EDWWHU\ IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQ
ZDV DFWLYDWHG E\ D GURS LQ WKH UHFHLYHU
EDWWHU\YROWDJH7KLVVHWWLQJVHOHFWVWKHVZLWFK
ZKLFKUHOHDVHVWKHEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5(/($6(%)6@LWHPLQ
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQODVWSDJH
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
*The switch selection screen is called.
*For a detailed description of the switch selection and ON/
OFF direction setting method, see [Switch Setting Method]
at the back of this manual.
END POINT
6HWVWKHWUDYHODQGOLPLWSRLQWRIHDFKVHUYR
The End Point function adjusts the left and right
servo throws, generates differential throws, and
will correct improper linkage settings.
The travel rate can be varied from 0% to 140%
in each direction on channels 1 to 12(FASSTest
12CH mode). Also, the limit point where servo
throw stops may be varied from 0% to 155%.
ŏ 6HOHFW >(1' 32,17@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ
(The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.)
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
OLPLWSRLQW
OLPLWSRLQW
WUDYHO
WUDYHO
Servo travel adjustment
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH WUDYHO LFRQ RI WKH
FKDQQHO \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKUDWH
Limit point adjustment
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHOLPLWSRLQWLFRQRIWKH
FKDQQHO \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVW WKH OLPLW SRLQW E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the limit
point is reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKOLPLWSRLQW
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
81
SERVO SPEED
6HWVWKHVSHHGRIHDFKVHUYR
The speed of the servo from 1CH to 12CH of
operation can be set up.
It can adjust to 0-27.
Speed becomes slow as a numerical value's 0
increases in the state of the fastest of the servo.
* It will overlap, if speed control of a S.BUS servo setup is
used at the time of S.BUS servo use, and speed changes.
Please use one either.
* The speed of THR is not set up simultaneously with THR
DELAY (model menu : only airplane).
* Speed cannot be made quicker than the maximal rate of the
servo to be used.
ŏ 6HOHFW >6(592 63(('@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ
(The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.)
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
VSHHG
FKDQQHO
VSHHG
Servo speed setting
7RXFKWKH6SHHGEXWWRQRIWKHFKDQQHO\RX
ZDQWWRVHW
8VH WKH DGMXVWPHQW EXWWRQV WR DGMXVW WKH
VHUYRVSHHG
ŏ,QLWLDOYDOXH
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaVWHSV
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKFKDQQHO
82 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
FKDQQHO
6WRSVWKHHQJLQHVDIHO\DQGHDVLO\DLUSODQHDQGKHOLFRSWHURQO\
THR CUT
Throttle cut provides an easy way to stop the
engine. Generally speaking, modelers will do so
E\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNDWLGOH
The action is not functional at high throttle to
avoid accidental dead stick landings. The switch’s
location and direction must be chosen, as it defaults
to NULL.
Individually adjust the Throttle Cut activation
setting for each condition. (helicopter)
*Since conditions are not offered when an Airplane is selected,
the Throttle Cut options will vary from the options noted
below.
*The Throttle Cut POS and SW settings are utilized for all
conditions.
*If the Throttle Cut switch is activated, or on, this status will
continue even if the condition is changed to an inhibited
setting.
*If the condition is inhibited (INH) the Throttle Cut is off if
the SW is in the off position and the throttle stick is low.
ŏ6HOHFW>7+5&87@LQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
RETURN
ŏ&XUUHQWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ
Throttle cut setting procedure
$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
ŏ&XWSRVLWLRQ
*With the selected cut switch ON and the throttle stick at idle;
adjust the rate until the engine consistently cuts off.
However, be sure that the throttle linkage is not pulled too
tight or unreasonable force is not applied to the servo.
ŏ,QGLYLGXDOO\DGMXVWWKH7KURWWOH&XWDFWLYDWLRQ
VHWWLQJIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQKHOLFRSWHU
ŏ7KURWWOH
FXWVWDWXV
*The display blinks.
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFWLYDWH WKH
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6:@LWHPDQGDFFHVV
WKH VZLWFK VHWXS VFUHHQ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571 EXWWRQ DQG VHOHFW WKH VZLWFK DQG 21
GLUHFWLRQ
*For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.
7KURWWOHFXWSRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>326@LWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
$GMXVWWKHVHUYRRSHUDWLRQSRVLWLRQDWWKURWWOH
FXWRSHUDWLRQE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
operation position is reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
Designating a Throttle Cut setting position.
(helicopter)
*A throttle cut function acts in the low side of the throttle
position.
*"THRO" setting is common with all condition.
:DUQLQJ
Normal setting is slightly above idle.
7R DGG WKH 7KURWWOH &XW SRVLWLRQ XVH WKH
FXUVRU WR VHOHFW WKH 7+52 SHUFHQWDJH
GHVLUHGWKHQSUHVVDQGKROGWKH571EXWWRQ
IRURQHVHFRQG
ŏ7KURWWOH
FXWVWDWXV
ŏ7KURWWOH
VWLFNSRVLWLRQ
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
83
/RZHUVWKHHQJLQHLGOLQJVSHHGDLUSODQHRQO\
,'/('2:1
The Idle Down function lowers the engine to
its idle position. Like Throttle Cut, this is usually
DFFRPSOLVKHGE\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOH
stick at idle. The action is not functional at high
throttle to avoid accidental dead sticks. The
switch’s location and direction must be chosen, as
it defaults to NULL.
ŏ 6HOHFW >,'/( '2:1@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
RETURN
ŏ&XUUHQWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ
Idle down setting procedure
$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
*The display blinks.
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFWLYDWH WKH
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6:@LWHPDQGDFFHVV
WKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH571
EXWWRQ6HOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQG21GLUHFWLRQ
*For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.
2IIVHWUDWHVHWWLQJ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >2))6(7@ LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
$GMXVW WKH VHUYR RIIVHW UDWH DW LGOH GRZQ
RSHUDWLRQE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaa
84 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
* When a minus rate is input, an offset is applied at the high
side.
*Maximum offset amount is near maximum slow.
* When the RTN button is touched for one second, the offset
rate is reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
6:$6+5,1*
/LPLWVWKHVZDVKSODWHWUDYHOWRZLWKLQDÀ[HGUDQJH+HOLFRSWHURQO\
This function limits the swash travel to a fixed
range in order to prevent damaging the swash
linkage by simultaneous operation of the ailerons
and elevators. It is very useful in 3D aerobatics
which use a large travel.
ŏ 6HOHFW >6:$6+ 5,1*@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH
PHQXDQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQ
VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571
EXWWRQ
ŏ:KHQWKHVZDVKULQJIXQFWLRQLVDFWLYDWHG
D FLUFOH LV GLVSOD\HG LQ WKH RSHUDWLQJ
UDQJHGLVSOD\DUHDDQGWKHUDWHLQSXWER[
LV GLVSOD\HG 6WLFN RSHUDWLRQ LV OLPLWHG WR
WKHDUHDRIWKLVFLUFOH
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
RETURN
ŏ 7KHRSHUDWLQJUDQJHGLVSOD\DUHD
7KH YHUWLFDO GLUHFWLRQ VKRZV WKH
H O H Y D W R U W U D Y H O 7 K H K R U L ] R Q W D O
GLUHFWLRQVKRZVWKHDLOHURQWUDYHO
ŏ 7KH PDUNHU VKRZV WKH
VWLFNSRVLWLRQ
Swash ring setting procedure
$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
*The display blinks.
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFWLYDWH WKH
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5DWHVHWWLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5$7(@LWHPWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHWR
*Adjust the rate to maximum swash tilt.
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
85
6:$6+
6ZDVK$)5DQGOLQNDJHFRUUHFWLRQIXQFWLRQKHOLFRSWHURQO\H[FHSW
VZDVKW\SH+
Neutral Point
At your linkages, if the servo horn deviates from
a perpendicular position at neutral, the linkage
compensation functions in this menu may not
compensate effectively. To correct this use the
Neutral Point function. This will move the neutral
point of the servos to the actual perpendicular
position. However, this adjustment changes only
the axis point of the compensation functions in this
menu, and does not affect the neutral position of
other functions.
Swash AFR
Swash AFR function reduces, increases, or
reverses the rate (travel) of the aileron, elevator and
collective pitch functions, by adjusting or reversing
the motion of all servos involved in that function,
only when using that function.
Mixing Rate
This mixing is used to compensate the swashplate as necessary during specific control inputs.
The following compensation mixing is possible;
PIT to AIL, PIT to ELE, AIL to PIT, ELE to AIL,
and ELE to PIT (HR3 mode.) It adjusts the swashplate to for proper operation of each control using
the corresponding compensation mixing.
Linkage Compensation
This compensation mixing is used to correct the
swash-plate for pitch control at low pitch and high
pitch.
Speed Compensation
This function is used to cancel the reaction that
is generated by the difference in the movements of
each servo when the swash-plate moves.
Subtrim
Subtrim for aileron, elevator and pitch can be set
during swash setting.
Pitch adjustment function
+LJKQHXWUDODQGORZSLWFK¿[HGRXWSXWVFDQEH
used while adjusting the pitch.
ŏ 6HOHFW >6:$6+@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG DFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
RETURN
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
Neutral point setting procedure
Swash AFR setting procedure
The neutral point becomes the correction
standard point.
The swash AFR function makes adjustments so
WKDWWKHVHUYRVWUDYHOWKHVSHFL¿HGDPRXQWE\>$,/@
[ELE], and [PIT] operation.
*Adjusting the servo horn so that the neutral point is near the
50% position makes the mixing amount small.
1HXWUDOSRLQWVHWWLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>326@LWHPDQGKROG
WKHSLWFKRSHUDWLRQVRWKDWWKHVHUYRKRUQLV
DWDULJKWDQJOHWRWKHOLQNDJHURGDQG7RXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ IRU RQH VHFRQG 7KLV YDOXH
LQGLFDWHVWKHVHUYR
VQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ
$IWHU UHDGLQJ WKH QHXWUDO SRLQW XVH WKH
RWKHU FRUUHFWLRQ IXQFWLRQV WR PDNH IXUWKHU
DGMXVWPHQWV
86 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHIXQFWLRQ\RXZDQWWR
DGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVW WKH $)5 UDWH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the AFR
rate is reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
Mixing rate setting procedure
The HR3 swash-plate type will be used as an
example to describe mixing rate setting. The mixing
used in other swash modes may be different,
however, the setting procedure is the same.
*Set the throttle stick to the preset neutral point. Adjust the
length of the linkage rod so that the swash plate is horizontal
at this position.
*The sub-trim function can be used to make small
adjustments.
*When making the following setting, Move the cursor to the
item you want to set and touch the RTN button to switch
to the data input mode. Touch the RTN button to end
adjustment and return to the cursor mode.
&RPSHQVDWLQJDLOHURQLQSXW>$,/@
6HWWKHWKURWWOHWRWKHORZHVWSRVLWLRQ0RYH
WKH DLOHURQ VWLFN WR WKH OHIW DQG ULJKW DQG
DGMXVW WKH DLOHURQ FRPSHQVDWLRQ DPRXQW
VR WKDW LQWHUIHUHQFH LQ WKH HOHYDWRU RU SLWFK
GLUHFWLRQLVPLQLPDO
*Adjust so that the pitch curve is a straight line and the
helicopter achieves maximum pitch.
*Adjust by scrolling the touch sensor.
*Move the cursor to the item you want to adjust and touch
the RTN button to switch to the data input mode. Touch
the RTN button to end adjustment and return to the cursor
mode.
*If the interference increases when the compensation amount
was increased, make adjustments with the direction [DIR.]
using the plus "+" or minus "-".
$GMXVWLQJWKHDLOHURQRSHUDWLRQ>$,/WR3,7@
$GMXVWWKH$,/WR3,7UDWHVRWKHUHLVQRELQGLQJ
LQWKHHOHYDWRURUSLWFKPRYHPHQWZKHQWKH
DLOHURQVWLFNLVPRYHGWRWKHOHIWDQGULJKW
*Adjust by scrolling the touch sensor.
*The left and right sides can be adjusted individually.
$GMXVWLQJWKHHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ>(/(WR$,/@
>(/(WR3,7@
$GMXVW WKH (/( WR $,/ DQG (/( WR 3,7 UDWHV VR
WKHUH LV QR ELQGLQJ LQ WKH DLOHURQ RU SLWFK
PRYHPHQWZKHQWKHHOHYDWRUVWLFNLVPRYHG
XSDQGGRZQ
*Adjust by scrolling the touch sensor.
*The up and down sides can be adjusted individually.
$GMXVWLQJWKHSLWFKRSHUDWLRQ>3,7WR$,/@>3,7
WR(/(@
$GMXVW WKH 3,7 WR $,/ DQG 3,7 WR (/( UDWHV VR
WKDW WKH VZDVK SODWH PRYHV WR WKH OHYHO
KRUL]RQWDOSRVLWLRQZKHQWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNZDV
PRYHGWRPD[LPXPORZDQGIXOOKLJK
*The left and right sides can be adjusted individually.
&RPSHQVDWLQJHOHYDWRULQSXW>(/(@
$GMXVW WKH HOHYDWRU FRPSHQVDWLRQ DPRXQW
V R W K D W W K H D L O H U R Q R U S L W F K G L U H F W L R Q
LQWHUIHUHQFH ZKHQ WKH HOHYDWRU VWLFN ZDV
PRYHGXSDQGGRZQLVPLQLPDO
5HSHDWVWHSVDQGDERYHSHUIRUPDLOHURQ
DQG HOHYDWRU FRPSHQVDWLRQ VLPLODUO\ DW IXOO
WKURWWOH
Speed compensation setting procedure
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH 63((' LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HW WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN WR WKH QHXWUDO SRLQW
SRVLWLRQ4XLFNO\PRYHWKHHOHYDWRUVWLFNDQG
DGMXVW WKH VSHHG FRPSHQVDWLRQ DPRXQW
>63(('@IRUPLQLPXPLQWHUIHUHQFHLQWKHSLWFK
GLUHFWLRQ
*Adjust by scrolling the touch sensor.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
*Adjust by scrolling the touch sensor.
*The slow and high sides can be adjusted individually.
Linkage compensation setting procedure
*Prior to utilizing the linkage compensation settings, it is
important to adjust the mixing rate settings.
*Linkage compensation overrides interference from the
aileron operation with the elevator or elevator operation
with the aileron at collective pitch control for low pitch and
high pitch.
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
87
Subtrim setting procedure
Subtrim can be set on the last page of the swash
setting screen.
*The sub-trim value set here is reflected at sub-trim of the
linkage menu.
Pitch adjustment procedure
The pitch adjustment function can be used on the
last page of the swash setting screen.
&DOO WKH ODVW SDJH RI WKH VZDVK VHWWLQJ
VFUHHQ
: K H Q W K H F X U V R U L V P R Y H G W R D S L W F K
DGMXVWPHQW EXWWRQ DQG WKH 571 EXWWRQ LV
WRXFKHGWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJSLWFKLVRXWSXW
* In the pitch adjustment mode an * is displayed at the left
side of the current output setting button.
*If the cursor is moved to another button and the RTN button
is touched during pitch adjustment, the pitch adjustment
mode is deactivated.
)XQFWLRQGHWDLOVDUHDVIROORZV
%XWWRQ
+LJK
1HXWUDO
/RZ
0RYLQJ
)XQFWLRQ
+LJKSLWFKÀ[HGRXWSXWPRGH
1HXWUDOSLWFKÀ[HGRXWSXWPRGH
/RZSLWFKÀ[HGRXWSXWPRGH
&\FOLFSLWFKRXWSXWPRGH
*The cyclic pitch speed can be set with the button at the right
side of the “Moving” button.
6HWWLQJUDQJHWR
*When the set value is large, motion becomes fast and when
the set value is small, motion becomes slow.
88 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
T1-T4 SET.
'LJLWDOWULPVHWWLQJV
This function adjusts the digital trim's step
DPRXQWDQGRSHUDWLRQPRGH7a7
When the flight conditions are set, the trim
operation can be coupled with the conditions when
combination mode is selected.
The T14SG unit of trim is displayed on the home
screen.
Only the trim displayed on the home screen can
be moved to the center position without changing
the actual trim's memory position.
ŏ6HOHFW>776(7@LQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
ŏ7ULPRSHUDWLRQPRGH
&20%&RPELQDWLRQPRGH
6(3$56HSDUDWHPRGH
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
(The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.)
Control step amount setting
Display unit selection
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>67(3@LWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
6HWWKHFRQWUROVWHSDPRXQWE\VFUROOLQJWKH
WRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >81,7@ LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU$FRQÀUPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the control
step amount is reset to the initial value.
*When the value is increased, the change per step becomes
larger.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
Separate/combination mode selection (Heli and
Glider only)
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02'(@ LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU$FRQÀUPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV
*The display blinks.
>&20%@&RPELQDWLRQPRGH7KHWULP
VGDWD
LVUHÁHFWHGLQDOOÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
>6(3$5@ 6HSDUDWH PRGH 7ULP DGMXVWPHQWV
D U H P D G H L Q G L Y L G X D O O \ I R U H D F K I O L J K W
FRQGLWLRQ
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
*The display blinks.
>@$VWHSQXPEHULVGLVSOD\HGRQWKHKRPH
VFUHHQ7KHUHLVQRXQLWGLVSOD\
>@LVGLVSOD\HGDVDXQLW
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
Trim Memory Operation procedure
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>770(025<@LWHP
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU$FRQÀUPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV
*The display blinks.
>,1+@,QKLELWHG
>$&7@$FWLYDWHG
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
$WWKHKRPHVFUHHQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
WULP\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH571
IRURQHVHFRQG7KHWULPGLVSOD\LVPRYHGWR
WKHFHQWHUSRVLWLRQ
*When the function is inhibited, the trim position returns to
the actual trim position.
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
89
/RZ%DWWHU\DODUPYROWDJHVHW:DUQLQJQRUPDOUHVHW
:$51,1*
The T14SG includes an audible alarm that
sounds when the transmitter’s battery voltage drops
below a pre-determined setting; adjustable for cell
types and voltages.
Mixing warning at power ON can be reset to
OFF.
:DUQLQJGLVSOD\
$LUSODQH 7KURWWOH FXW,GOH GRZQ7KURWWOH
SRVLWLRQ6QDSUROO0RWRU SRVLWLRQ$LUEUDNH
0RWRU
+HOLFRSWHU &RQGLWLRQ7KURWWOH FXW7KURWWOH
SRVLWLRQ7KURWWOH+ROG
*OLGHU&RQGLWLRQ0RWRUSRVLWLRQ7ULPPL[0RWRU
ŏ 6HOHFW >:$51,1*@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ3XVKS1EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRQH[WSDJH
Accessing and Activating the Low Battery
Alarm
7KH /RZ %DWWHU\ /2: %$77(5< DODUP
YROWDJH LV DFFHVVHG WKURXJK WKH 76*·V
6\VWHP0HQX:LWKLQWKH6\VWHP0HQXXVH
WKH 6HQVRU7RXFKΠWR KLJKOLJKW WKH 6281'
RSWLRQ DQG WKHQ SUHVV WKH 5HWXUQ 571
EXWWRQWRFRQÀUPWKHVHOHFWLRQ
8VH WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK WR VFUROO WR WKH /RZ
%DWWHU\/2:%$77(5<DODUPDQGWKHQSUHVV
WKH5HWXUQ571EXWWRQWRDFFHVVWKHYROWDJH
VHWWLQJV 8VLQJ WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK DGMXVW WKH
YROWDJH DV GHVLUHG DQGRU GHWHUPLQHG E\
WKH WUDQVPLWWHU EDWWHU\ SDFN EHLQJ XWLOL]HG
7KHYROWDJHRSWLRQVUDQJHIURP9WR9
6XJJHVWHGYROWDJHVHWWLQJVDUHDVIROORZV
z5-Cell NiCd or NiMH: 5.6V
z2-Cell LiFe: 6.0V
*About low battery voltage, all the models included in one
transmitter are changed in common. It cannot set to different
voltage for every model. Moreover, data reset is not carried
out.
90 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
:DUQLQJQRUPDOO\UHVHWWLQJPHWKRG
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH LWHP \RX ZDQW WR
UHVHW WR 2)) DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH 2)) PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
*The display blinks.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHUHFHLYHU
TELEMETRY
This screen displays your choice of data from the
receiver.
Also warnings can be activated regarding
other data from your aircraft. For example, if the
receiver voltage drops, the user can be warned by
an alarm (and vibration).
*It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
*Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.
*A telemetry function cannot be used for the 2nd receiver of
dual receiver mode. The voltage and Ext voltage of a 2nd
receiver cannot be known with a transmitter.
ŏ[TELEMETRY]FDQEHFDOOHGLIWKHHOME/EXITEXWWRQ
LVSXVKHGIURPDhome screen
ŏ 6HOHFW >7(/(0(75<@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ
ŏ 5HFHLYHU ! 7UDQVPLWWHU 7KH
UHFHSWLRQVWUHQJWKLVVKRZQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ3XVKS1EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRQH[WSDJH
How to see telemetry date
7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQFDQEHFDOOHGLIWKH+20(
(;,7EXWWRQLVSXVKHGIURPWKHKRPHVFUHHQ
2U VHOHFW >7(/(0(75<@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX
DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ E\ WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ
,IHDFKLWHPLVFKRVHQDQGWKH571EXWWRQLV
SXVKHG DQ DODUP VHWXS FDQ EH SHUIRUPHG
Z L W K W K H P L Q L P X P P D [ L P X P D I W H U D
WUDQVPLWWHULVWXUQHGRQ
:DUQLQJ
Do not watch the transmitter screen during
ÀLJKW
<RXPD\ORRVHVLJKWRIWKHDLUFUDIWGXULQJÀLJKWDQGWKLVLV
extremely dangerous. Have an assistant on hand to check
the screen for you. A pilot should NEVER take his eyes off
his aircraft.
*Receiver voltage can be checked immediately. An optional
sensor will need to be attached to S.BUS2 of a receiver if
you would like to see other information. *No special setup is necessary if each sensor displayed
is left as in the default setup. Separate sensor ID
is also unnecessary. However, if two or more of
one kind of sensor is used, setup is required in the
"SENSOR" menu.
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
91
TELEMETRY : Rx-BATT.
In this screen, the battery voltage of a receiver is
displayed.
If it becomes higher or lower than the setting an
alarm and/or vibration will alert you.
'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJH
*It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
*Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.
ŏ 6HOHFW >5[%$77@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ
ŏ 7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQ
SRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
ŏ5HFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJH
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ Ņ 7 K H G R Z Q D U U R Z Z L O O
LQGLFDWH WKDW DQ DODUP ZLOO
V R X Q G Z K H Q W K H Y R O W D J H
GURSVWREHORZWKHVHWWLQJ
Alert set
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ$/(57>,1+@LWHPDQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ7+5(6+2/' >9@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH9
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH9a9
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
92 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
"Vibes" type
If the following types are selected, the transmitter will
vibrate during the warning.
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
TYPE 4
TELEMETRY : EXT-VOLT
'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKH(;7EDWWHU\YROWDJHSRUW
*CA-RVIN-700 or SBS-01V must be installed in the aircraft.
The EXT-VOLT screen will display the data
from the EXT-battery output from the R7008SB
receiver. In order to use this function, it is necessary
to connect External voltage connector of the
R7008SB receiver to a CA-RVIN-700 (FUTM5551)
or SBS-01V to the battery you desire to measure
the voltage of.
You will be alerted by an alarm or vibration if
the voltage set by you is exceeded.
*It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
*Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage will be received in
the FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode will display all telemetry data.
ŏ 6HOHFW >(;792/7@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ
ŏ 7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQ
SRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
ŏ(;7EDWWHU\YROWDJH
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏŅ7KHDUURZZLOOLQGLFDWHWKDW
DQ DODUP ZLOO VRXQG ZKHQ
WKHYROWDJHGURSVWREHORZ
WKHVHWWLQJ
Alert set
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ$/(57>,1+@LWHPDQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ7+5(6+2/' >9@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH9
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH9a9
"Vibes" type
If the following types are selected, the transmitter will
vibrate during the warning.
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
TYPE 4
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
93
TELEMETRY : TEMP.
'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHWHPSHUDWXUH
*A temperature sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
TEMP. is a screen which displays/sets up
the temperature information from an optional
temperature sensor.
The temperature of the model (engine, motor,
EDWWHU\HWFZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHGLVSOD\HG
If it becomes higher or lower than the setting an
alarm and/or vibration will alert you.
*It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
*Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.
ŏ6HOHFW>7(03@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
ŏ 7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQ
SRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
ŏ7HPSHUDWXUH
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ Ń $Q XSZDUG DUURZ ZLOO ŏ3UHVVWKH S1EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRWKHQH[WSDJH
V K R Z W K D W D Q D O D U P
Z L O O V R X Q G Z K H Q W K H
WHPSHUDWXUHULVHVDERYH
WKHVHWYDOXH
ŏ Ņ $Q GRZQZDUG DUURZ
ZLOO VKRZ WKDW DQ DODUP
Z L O O V R X Q G Z K H Q W K H
W H P S H U D W X U H G U R S V
EHORZWKHVHWYDOXH
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
"Vibes" type
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
TYPE 4
Alert set : Hot warning
Alert set : Low-temperature warning
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ń$/(57 LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŃ7+5(6+2/'>℃ @
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH℃
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH℃ a℃
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'
SDJH LV DFFHVVHG E\ SXVKLQJ 6 0RYH
WKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ$/(57LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ7+5(6+2/'> ℃ @
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH℃
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH℃ a℃
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
94 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKH530
TELEMETRY : RPM
*A RPM sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
*It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
*Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.
RPM is a screen which displays / sets up the
RPM information from an optional RPM sensor.
The RPM of the model (engine, motor, etc.)
ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHVKRZQ
If it becomes higher or lower than the setting an
alarm and/or vibration will alert you.
ŏ6HOHFW>530@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQ
DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
ŏ 7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQ
SRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
ŏ530
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ Ń$Q XSZDUG DUURZ
LQGLFDWHV WKDW WKH ŏ3UHVVWKH S1EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRWKHQH[WSDJH
D O D U P Z L O O V R X Q G
ZKHQ WKH 530 ULVHV
DERYHWKHVHWYDOXH
"Vibes" type
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
ŏŅ$QGRZQZDUGDUURZ
LQGLFDWHV WKDW WKH
D O D U P Z L O O V R X Q G
ZKHQ WKH 530 IDOOV
EHORZWKHVHWYDOXH
ŏ0$*1(7,&RU237,&$/
LV VHW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH
VHQVRU\RXXVH
6%6500$*1(7,&
6%652237,&$/
TYPE 3
TYPE 4
ŏ ,Q 0$*1(7,& WKH JHDU UDWLR ŏ ,Q 237,&$/ WKH QXPEHU RI
RI \RXU HQJLQH PRWRU \RX DUH
EODGHVRIWKHSURSHOOHUURW
XVLQJLVHQWHUHG
RU\RXUPRGHOLVHQWHUHG
Alert set : Over rotations
Alert set : Under rotations
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ń$/(57 LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
0 R Y H W K H F X U V R U W R W K H Ń 7 + 5 ( 6 + 2 / '
>USP@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPaUSP
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'
6FUROO WR WKH VHFRQG SDJH E\ SXVKLQJ 6
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ$/(57 LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ7+5(6+2/' >USP@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPaUSP
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
95
TELEMETRY : ALTITUDE
'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHDOWLWXGH
*An altitude sensor or GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
ALTITUDE is a screen which displays / sets up the
altitude information from an optional altitude sensor or
*36VHQVRU7KHDOWLWXGHRIWKHPRGHOZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQ
be known. If it becomes higher (low) than preset altitude,
you can be told by alarm. To show warning by vibration
can also be chosen. Data when a power supply is turned
on shall be 0 m, and it displays the altitude which
FKDQJHGIURPWKHUH(YHQLIWKHDOWLWXGHRIDQDLU¿HOGLV
high, that shall be 0 m and the altitude difference from an
airfield is displayed. This sensor calculates the altitude
from atmospheric pressure. Atmospheric pressure will
get lower as you go up in altitude, using this the sensor
will estimate the altitude. Please understand that an exact
advanced display cannot be performed if atmospheric
pressure changes in a weather situation.
*It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
*Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.
ŏ6HOHFW>$/7,78'(@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVVWKH
VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
ŏ 7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQ
SRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
ŏ$OWLWXGH
<SensorTouch™>
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ Ń $ Q X S Z D U G D U U R Z ŏ3UHVVWKH6EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRWKHQH[WSDJH
LQGLFDWHV WKH DODUP ZLOO
VRXQGZKHQWKHDOWLWXGH
UHDFKHVDERYH\RXUVHW
YDOXH
ŏŅ$QGRZQZDUGDUURZ
LQGLFDWHV WKH DODUP
ZLOO VRXQG ZKHQ WKH
D O W L W X G H U H D F K H V
EHORZ\RXUVHWYDOXH
"Vibes" type
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
TYPE 4
First, the set of a reference is required.
7KH PRGHO DQG WUDQVPLWWHU WR ZKLFK WKH
DOWLWXGHVHQVRUZDVFRQQHFWHGDUHWXUQHGRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6(7@RI5()(5(1&(
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
*Atmospheric pressure is changed according to the weather also
DWWKHVDPHDLU¿HOG<RXVKRXOGSUHVHWEHIRUHDÀLJKW
Alert set : High side
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ń$/(57 LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŃ7+5(6+2/'>P@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXHP
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHPaP
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'
96 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
Alert set : Low side
6FUROOWRWKHVHFRQGSDJHE\SXVKLQJ60RYH
WKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ$/(57LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ7+5(6+2/' >P@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXHP
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHPaP
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHYDULRPHWHU
TELEMETRY : VARIO
*An altitude sensor or GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
status, the T14SG incorporates a different melody
VARIO is a screen which displays / sets up the
for ascent and descent. Additionally, depending
variometer information from an optional altitude
upon the rate of climb or descent, the tones vary to
sensor or GPS sensor.
indicate whether or not the airplane is climbing or
7KHYDULRPHWHURIWKHPRGHOZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQ
descending at a rapid rate.
be known.
*It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
If it becomes higher or lower than the setting an
*Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
alarm and/or vibration will alert you.
FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.
To ensure that the pilot is aware as to the model's
ŏ6HOHFW>9$5,2@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571
EXWWRQ
ŏ 7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQ
SRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
ŏ9DULRPHWHU
<SensorTouch™>
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ Ń $ Q X S Z D U G D U U R Z ŏ3UHVVWKH6EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRWKHQH[WSDJH
LQGLFDWHV WKH DODUP ZLOO
VRXQGZKHQWKHDOWLWXGH
UHDFKHVDERYH\RXUVHW
YDOXH
"Vibes" type
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
TYPE 1
ŏ Ņ $Q GRZQZDUG DUURZ
LQGLFDWHV WKH DODUP ZLOO
VRXQGZKHQWKHDOWLWXGH
UHDFKHV EHORZ \RXU VHW
YDOXH
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
TYPE 4
ŏ,IWKLVLVVHWWR$&7DPHORG\ZLOOEHDFWLYDWHGGXULQJWKH
ULVHRUGLYHGHSHQGLQJRQ\RXUVHWYDOXHV
Alert set : Rise side
Alert set : Dive side
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ń$/(57 LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŃ7+5(6+2/'>PV@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXHPV
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHPVaPV
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'
6FUROO WR WKH VHFRQG SDJH E\ SXVKLQJ 6
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ$/(57 LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ7+5(6+2/'>PV@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXHPV
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHPVaP
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
97
TELEMETRY : BATTERY
In this screen, the battery voltage is displayed.
In order to use this function, it is necessary to
connect External voltage connector of R7008SB ⇔
SBS-01V ⇔ Battery
SBS-01V measures two batteries. The drive
battery connected to two lines is displayed on EXTVOLT. The battery for receivers connected to 3P
lines is displayed here.
'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHEDWWHU\YROWDJH
*SBS-01V must be installed in the aircraft.
*It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
*Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.
ŏ 6HOHFW >%$77(5<@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ
ŏ 7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQ
SRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
ŏEDWWHU\YROWDJH
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏŅ7KHDUURZZLOOLQGLFDWHWKDW
DQ DODUP ZLOO VRXQG ZKHQ
WKHYROWDJHGURSVWREHORZ
WKHVHWWLQJ
Alert set
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ$/(57>,1+@LWHPDQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ7+5(6+2/' >9@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH9
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH9a9
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
98 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
"Vibes" type
If the following types are selected, the transmitter will
vibrate during the warning.
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
TYPE 4
TELEMETRY : DISTANCE
Distance is a screen that displays and sets the
altitude data from an SBS-01G (GPS Sensor) sold
separately. The distance to the airborne aircraft
can be read by the transmitter. When the aircraft
ÀLHVRXWVLGHLQVLGHWKHVHWGLVWDQFHWKHRSHUDWRULV
alerted by an alarm and vibration.
'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHGLVWDQFH
*A GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
*The GPS sensor sold separately is necessary. Mount and
connect the sensor in accordance with the sensor instruction
manual.
*It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
*Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.
ŏ,WLVWKHUHFHLYLQJDFFXUDF\IURPD*36
6DWHOOLWH3OHDVHZDLWXQWLOLWEHFRPHV
GLVSOD\VDQGSXVK>5()(5(1&(@
ŏ 0 D [ L P X P G L V W D Q F H D I W H U
WUDQVPLWWHUZDVWXUQHGRQ
ŏ 6HOHFW >',67$1&(@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG DFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571
ŏ&XUUHQWGLVWDQFH
EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
*
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ3UHVVWKH S1EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRWKHQH[WSDJH
ŏ 7KH ŃDUURZ VKRZV
W K D W D Q D O D U P L V
J H Q H U D W H G Z K H Q
W K H V H W Y D O X H L V
H[FHHGHG
*
ŏ'LVWDQFHDODUPVHWWLQJUDQJH
P ∼P
*Alarm when the aircraft moves far
away.
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'
"Vibes" type
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
ŏ 7 K H Ņ D U U R Z V K R Z V
W K D W D Q D O D U P L V
J H Q H U D W H G Z K H Q
WKH GLVWDQFH GURSV
EHORZWKHVHWYDOXH ŏ'LVWDQFHDODUPVHWWLQJUDQJHP∼P
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
TYPE 4
First, the set of a reference is required.
7KHPRGHODQGWUDQVPLWWHUWRZKLFKWKH*36
VHQVRUZDVFRQQHFWHGDUHWXUQHGRQ
,W ZDLWV XQWLO WKH *36 UHFHLYLQJ DFFXUDF\
GLVSOD\HGRQDVFUHHQEHFRPHVWKUHH
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6(7@RI5()(5(1&(
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ7+5(6+2/'>P@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
*Now, the position of the present model was set to 0 m.
Alert setting when aircraft goes too far
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ń$/(57 LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
*Positioning time of GPS
A short time is required until the positioning of
the GPS is established. In the meantime, don't
PRYH WKH PRGHO GXULQJ WKLV SURFHVV:DLW VWLOO
until LED of a GPS sensor carries out solid green
lighting.
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
99
Alert setting when the aircraft approaches
$FFHVV WKH VHFRQG SDJH E\ SXVKLQJ 6
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ$/(57 LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ7+5(6+2/'>P@LWHP
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ6ODQWDQGVXUIDFHGLVWDQFH
ŏ6HOHFW>',67$1&(@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJ
WKHRTNEXWWRQ$QGS1EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGWZLFH
*
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
<SensorTouch™>
RETURN
ŏ$OWLWXGH FDOFXODWHG DV
H L W K H U V W U D L J K W O L Q H
GLVWDQFHVODQWRUVXUIDFH
GLVWDQFH RQ D PDS FDQ
DOVREHVHOHFWHG
nt
Sla
Altitude
Surface
Two displays methods, straight line distance and
surface distance, can be selected as shown above.
6HOHFWSDJHE\WRXFKLQJWKH6EXWWRQWZLFH
IURPWKH´',67$1&(µVFUHHQ
6HOHFW 6/$17! 685)$&(! QH[W WR ´02'(µ
VFUROO WR WKH GHVLUHG PHWKRG DQG WRXFK WKH
571EXWWRQ
100 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
TELEMETRY : SPEED
The speed screen displays and sets the speed data
from an SBS-01G (GPS sensor) sold separately.
The speed of the aircraft during flight can be
displayed.
After flight, the maximum speed during flight
can be viewed. Because this speed is based on
position data from a GPS satellite, the ground speed
'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHVSHHG
*A GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
is displayed instead of air speed. Consequently,
with a head wind, the displayed speed decreases
and with a tail wind, the displayed speed increases.
*It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
*Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.
ŏ6HOHFW>63(('@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVVWKH
VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
ŏ 'LVSOD\V WKH PD[LPXP VSHHG DIWHU
WKHWUDQVPLWWHULVWXUQHGRQ
ŏ'LVSOD\VWKHFXUUHQWVSHHG
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ3UHVVWKH6EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRWKHQH[WSDJH
ŏ 7KH Ń DUURZ VKRZV
W K D W D Q D O D U P L V
JHQHUDWHG ZKHQ
WKHVSHHGH[FHHGV
WKHVHWYDOXH
ŏ 7KH Ņ DUURZ VKRZV
W K D W D Q D O D U P L V
J H Q H U D W H G Z K H Q
W K H V S H H G G U R S V
EHORZWKHVHWYDOXH
ŏ6SHHGDODUPVHWWLQJUDQJH ∼ NPK
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'
*Alarm when the speed has decreased.
Alert setting when speed increases
ŏ6SHHG DODUP VHWWLQJ UDQJH
1 ∼ NPK
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'
*Alarm when the speed has increased.
"Vibes" type
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
TYPE 4
6HOHFW WKH $&7 PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDO VWDWH WRXFK WKH 6
EXWWRQ
7KH VSHHG DW ZKLFK DQ DODUP LV JHQHUDWHG
FDQEHVHWE\VHOHFWLQJWKHQXPHULFDOGLVSOD\
QH[WWR´Ņ7+5(6+2/'µDQGWRXFKLQJWKH571
EXWWRQ7KLVVRXQGVDQDODUPZKHQWKHVSHHG
GHFUHDVHV
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
6HW ´Ń$/(57µ RQ WKH 63(('! VFUHHQ WR $&7
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR ,1+ DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQ
6HOHFW WKH $&7 PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDO VWDWH WRXFK WKH 6
EXWWRQ
7KHVSHHGDWZKLFKDQDODUPLVJHQHUDWHGFDQ *When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is reset
EHVHWE\VHOHFWLQJWKHVSHHGGLVSOD\QH[WWR´Ń to the initial value.
7+5(6+2/'µDQGWRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ7KLV 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDO VWDWH WRXFK WKH 6
JHQHUDWHVDQDODUPZKHQWKHVSHHGLQFUHDVHV
EXWWRQ
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is reset *Speed alarm precaution
to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW Since the GPS speed sensor displays the ground speed, it cannot
be used as a stall alarm. For example, an aircraft that stalls
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDO VWDWH WRXFK WKH 6 at 50km/h will stall if the tailwind is 5km/h or greater even
EXWWRQ
through 55km/h is displayed by ground speed. In addition,
Alert setting when speed decreases
6HOHFWSDJHE\SUHVVLQJ6IURPWKH63(('!
VFUHHQDQGVHW´Ņ$/(57µWR$&7
ZLWKDQDLUFUDIWWKDWZLOOGLVLQWHJUDWHLQPLGÀLJKWDWNPKDW
an over-speed alarm, when the headwind reaches 30km/h the
airplane will disintegrate in midair due to over speeding even at
a ground speed of 370km/h.
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
101
9DULRXVWHOHPHWU\VHQVRUVVHWWLQJ
SENSOR
This screen registers the telemetry sensors used
with the transmitter. When only one of a certain
type of sensor is used, this setting is unnecessary
and the sensor can be used by simply connecting it
to the S.BUS2 port of the transmitter.
When using 2 or more of the same kind of
sensor, they must be registered here.
ŏ 6HOHFW >6(1625@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG
DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\
WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
>:KDWLVDVORW"@
Servos are classified by CH, but sensors are
classified in units called “slot”. There are slots
from No. 1 to No. 31.
Altitude sensors, GPS sensors and other data
sensor units may use multiple slots.
Using a sensor which uses two or more slots,
the required number of slots is automatically
assigned by setting up a start slot.
When 2 or more of the same kind of sensor are
used, the sensors themselves must allocate unused
slots and memorize that slot.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
RETURN
ŏ 6HQVRU ,' :KHQ PXOWLSOH VHQVRUV RI WKH
VDPHW\SHDUHQRWXVHG,'LVXQQHFHVVDU\
*3 slots of altitude sensor are used.
*8 slots of GPS sensor are used.
ŏ $V VKRZQ
LQ WKH
WKH WDEOH
WDEOH EHORZ
EHORZ DQ
DQ DOWLPHWHU
DOWLPHWHU UHTXLUHV
UHTXLUHV FRQWLJXRXV VORWV
Q LQ
DQGD*36VHQVRUUHTXLUHVFRQWLJXRXVVORWV,QDGGLWLRQVLQFHWKH*36
6%6*VWDUWVORWVDUHDQGVORWVDQGDUHLQKLELWHG
< Assignable slot >
Sensor
TEMP (SBS-01T)
RPM (SBS01RM,SBS01RO)
Voltage (SBS-01V)
*Altimeter, GPS, and other sensors that display a large amount of data require multiple slots.
*Depending on the type of sensor, the slot numbers that can be allocated may be limited.
The required
number of slots
1 slot
The number which can be used as a start slot
1 ∼ 31
1 slot
2 slots
Altitude (SBS-01A)
3 slots
GPS (SBS-01G)
TEMP125-F1713
8 slots
1 slot
VARIO-F1712
2 slots
VARIO-F1672
2 slots
GPS-F1675
8 slots
Selling area
1 ∼ 31
1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 , 8, 9 , 1 0 , 1 1 , 1 2 , 1 3 , 1 4 , 1 6 , 1 7 , 1 8 , 1 9 , 2 0 , 2 1 ,
22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30
1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11,12,13,16,17,18,19,20,21,24,2
5,26,27,28,29
8,16,24
1 ∼ 31
1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,20,21,
22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30
1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,20,21,
22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30
8,16,24
102 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
Global
Europe
SENSOR : RELOAD
This page is set when using multiple telemetry sensors of the same type.
When using multiple sensors of the same type
the sensors must be registered in the transmitter.
Connect all the sensors to be used to the T14SG as
VKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHDWWKHULJKWDQGUHJLVWHUWKHPE\
the following procedure. The ID of each sensor is
registered in the transmitter.
3-way hub
or Y-harnesses
76*
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
ŏ&DOOSDJHE\WRXFKLQJWKH6EXWWRQWLPHVIURP
WKH>6(1625@PHQX
5HFHLYHUV
%DWWHU\
All the sensors to be used are connected.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
RETURN
Reading all the sensors to be used
&RQQHFW DOO WKH VHQVRUV DQG UHFHLYHU
EDWWHULHVWREHXVHGWRWKH76*WKURXJKD
KXEDVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUHDERYH
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR´5(/25'µRQSDJHRI
WKH>6(1625@VFUHHQ
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
$OO WKH VHQVRUV DUH UHJLVWHUHG DQG FDQ EH
XVHG
SENSOR : REGISTER
This page is set when using multiple telemetry sensors of the same type.
This function registers an additional sensor.
Connect the sensor as shown in the figure at the
right and register it by the following procedure.
The sensor ID is registered in the transmitter.
3-way hub
or Y-harnesses
Additional sensor registration
76*
SENSOR
&RQQHFW WKH VHQVRU DQG UHFHLYHU EDWWHU\
WR EH XVHG WR WKH 76* WKURXJK D KXE DV
VKRZQLQWKHÀJXUHDWWKHULJKW
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR´5(*,67(5µRQSDJHRI
WKH6HQVRU!VFUHHQ
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
7KHVHQVRULVUHJLVWHUHGDQGFDQEHXVHG
5HFHLYHUV
%DWWHU\
*When the number of slots needed in registration is
LQVXI¿FLHQWDQHUURULVGLVSOD\HGDQGUHJLVWUDWLRQFDQQRWEH
performed. Disable unused slots or perform the following
relocate.
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
103
SENSOR : RELOCATE
This page is set when using multiple telemetry sensors of the same type.
This function secures contiguous unused slots
by rearranging the registration state when sensor
registration and deregistration are performed
repeatedly and the unused slots are fragmented.
3-way hub
or Y-harnesses
76*
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
ŏ&DOOSDJHE\WRXFKLQJWKH6EXWWRQWLPHVIURP
WKH>6(1625@PHQX
5HFHLYHUV
%DWWHU\
All the sensors to be used are connected.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
RETURN
Relocate of sensors to be used
&RQQHFW DOO WKH VHQVRUV DQG UHFHLYHU
EDWWHULHVWREHXVHGWRWKH76*WKURXJKD
KXEDVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUHDERYH
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR´5(/2&$7(µRQSDJHRI
WKH>6(1625@VFUHHQ
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
SENSOR : SET SLOT
This page is set when using multiple telemetry sensors of the same type.
This procedure changes the slot No. of one
registered sensor.
Sensor slot change
104 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
3-way hub
or Y-harnesses
76*
SENSOR
&RQQHFWWKHVHQVRUDQGUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\WR
EHFKDQJHGWRWKH76*WKURXJKDKXEDV
VKRZQLQWKHÀJXUHDERYH
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR´6(76/27µRQSDJHRI
WKH6HQVRU!VFUHHQ
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ$VHQVRUGHWDLOVVFUHHQ
DSSHDUV
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR ´/2$'µ DQG WRXFK WKH
571EXWWRQ
7KH FXUUHQW VWDUW VORW LV GLVSOD\HG 0RYH WKH
FXUVRU WR WKH QXPEHU RI WKH VWDUW VORW DQG
FKDQJHLWWRWKHGHVLUHGYDOXH(&DQQRWEH
VHWWRDVORWWKDWFDQQRWEHDOORFDWHGOLNHWKH
WDEOHRIDOOSDJHV)
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR ´:5,7(µ DQG WRXFK WKH
571EXWWRQ
5HFHLYHUV
%DWWHU\
DATA RESET
0RGHOPHPRU\VHWWLQJGDWDUHVHW
This function is designed to allow you to reset
trim settings or all of the settings saved in the active
model memory. You may individually choose to
reset the following data;
All model setting:
Resets all Linkage and Model Menu functions
except for Frequency, Model Select, Low battery
voltage, and Model Type.
*If the Model Type selected is Glider, the motor function
channel is automatically reversed in the Reverse menu; all
other channels remain normal.
T1~T4:
Reset the digital trim setting.
*The trim step amount and trim rate are not reset.
TELEMETRY:
ŏ 6HOHFW >'$7$ 5(6(7@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N E X W W R Q 2 U W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
Reset the telemetry setting.
<SensorTouch™>
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
RETURN
Data resetting method
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH LWHP \RX ZDQW WR
UHVHWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
$FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV
([HFXWHUHVHWE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQIRU
RQHVHFRQG7RXFKWKH6EXWWRQWRFHDVH
UHVHWWLQJ
>77@5HVHWVRQO\WKH77
>$//02'(/6(77,1*@5HVHWVDOOWKHIXQFWLRQV
LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG 0RGHO PHQX
H[FHSW WKH IUHTXHQF\ PRGHO VHOHFW DQG
PRGHOW\SHIXQFWLRQV
>7(/(0(75<@ 5HVHWV RQO\ WKH WHUHPHWU\
IXQFWLRQV
<Functions of Linkage Menu>
105
MODEL MENU (COMMON FUNCTIONS)
This section describes the D/R, program mixing,
and other functions common to all model types.
Before setting the model data, use the Model
Type function of the Linkage menu to select the
model type matched to the aircraft. If a different
model type is selected afterwards, the D/R, program
mixing, and other parameters are reset.
If either a helicopter or glider have been selected
DVWKHPRGHOW\SHWKHQWKHVSHFL¿FIXQFWLRQVLQWKH
0RGHOPHQXFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQ,I
you want to switch the settings for each condition
by switch, stick position, etc., use the Condition
6HOHFWIXQFWLRQWRDGGÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV8SWR¿YH
conditions can be used)
Note: The T14SG is designed so that the airplane
and glider (including EP glider) model types
are compatible with aircraft of similar type
wings.
This section outlines the relationship between
the functions common to airplanes and
gliders, except some dedicated functions,
and model type.
The setting menus will depend on the number
of servos and other differences according to
the wing type used. The setup screens in the
instruction manual are typical examples.
ŏ $FFHVV WKH PRGHO PHQX VKRZQ EHORZ E\
WRXFKLQJWKH0'/EXWWRQWZLFHDWWKHKRPH
VFUHHQHWF
<SensorTouch™>
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6 H O H F W W K H I X Q F W L R Q
Q D P H D Q G U H W X U Q W R
W K H 0 R G H O P H Q X E \
W R X F K L Q J W K H R T N
EXWWRQ 2U D HOME/
EXIT EXWWRQLVSXVKHG
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ \RX ZDQW WR VHW DQG
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH571
EXWWRQ
**The Model menu screen depends on the
model type.
Model Menu functions (Common) list
Ɣ6(592
6HUYR WHVW DQG VHUYR SRVLWLRQ GLVSOD\ )RU D
description of its functions, see the Linkage Menu
section.)
Ɣ&21',7,21DSSOLFDEOHWRKHOLFRSWHUDQG
JOLGHUVHOHFWLRQV
)OLJKW FRQGLWLRQV DGGLWLRQ GHOHWLRQ FRS\
condition renaming, and condition delay can be set.
Ɣ'8$/5$7(
The D/R curve of a T14SG transmitter may be
DFWLYDWHG IURP D VZLWFK VWLFN SRVLWLRQ HWF )RU
106 <Model Menu (Common Functions)>
information on how to do so, please refer to the
Switch Setting Method located at the back of this
manual.
Ɣ352*0,;
The T14SG transmitter allows up to five
completely customizable program mixes.
CONDITION
)OLJKW FRQGLWLRQ
V VZLWFK DVVLJQPHQW FRS\ SULRULW\ FKDQJH DQG
FRQGLWLRQGHOD\FDQEHVHW>H[FHSWDLUSODQHW\SH@
This function, in the Model menu, can be used
WRVZLWFKWKHVHWWLQJVRIXSWRÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
Please note this is not applicable to airplane type
selections.
Note: To prevent accidental activation of any
XQXVHGÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQVGXULQJÁLJKWVHWWKH
switch setting of those unused conditions to
null [--].
ŏ $ &RQGLWLRQ 'HOD\ IXQFWLRQ FDQ EH VHW
8QQHFHVVDU\IXVHODJHPRWLRQZKLFKPD\EH
JHQHUDWHGZKHQWKHUHDUHVXGGHQFKDQJHV
LQ WKH VHUYR SRVLWLRQV DQG ZKHQ WKHUH DUH
YDULDWLRQV LQ WKH RSHUDWLQJ WLPH EHWZHHQ
FKDQQHOV GXULQJ FRQGLWLRQ VZLWFKLQJ 7KH
GHOD\FDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFKDQQHOWRHQVXUH
PD[LPXPSHUIRUPDQFHIURP\RXUDLUFUDIW
:KHQVHWWLQJWKHGHOD\IXQFWLRQIRUDVSHFLÀF
ÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQWKHUHODWHGIXQFWLRQFKDQJHV
DIWHU D GHOD\ FRUUHVSRQGLQJ WR WKH VHW
DPRXQW
ŏ , I P X O W L S O H F R Q G L W L R Q V Z H U H V H W W K H L U
RSHUDWLRQDO SULRULW\ PD\ EH FXVWRPL]HG DV
GHVLUHG
ŏ 6HOHFW >&21',7,21@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX DQG
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ
&XUUHQWO\VHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQQDPH
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
&RQGLWLRQQDPH
&RQGLWLRQVZLWFK
&RQGLWLRQVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQGHOHWLRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH VZLWFK LWHP RI WKH
FRQGLWLRQ \RX ZDQW WR VHOHFWGHOHWH DQG
DFFHVVWKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQDQGVHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQG21
GLUHFWLRQ
)RUDGHWDLOHGGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVHWWLQJPHWKRGVHH>6ZLWFK
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.
6HOHFW WKH FRS\ GHVWLQDWLRQ FRQGLWLRQ E\
VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK VHQVRU 7KHQ WRXFK WKH
571EXWWRQ
*The current condition can not be selected for the copy
destination condition.
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >&23<@ LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ $ FRQILUPDWLRQ
PHVVDJHDSSHDUV
*The display blinks.
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ IRU RQH VHFRQG DQG
WKH FRS\LQJ LV FRPSOHWHG 7RXFK WKH 6
EXWWRQWRVWRSFRS\LQJ
&RQGLWLRQFRS\
3ULRULW\FKDQJH
6HWXSVFUHHQSDJH
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >6285&(@ LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKHFRS\VRXUFHFRQGLWLRQE\VFUROOLQJ
WKHWRXFKVHQVRU7KHQWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >'(67,1@ LWHP DQG
WRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH SULRULW\ XSDUURZ RU
GRZQDUURZ\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFK
WKH571EXWWRQ
7KHSULRULW\RIWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJFRQGLWLRQLV
FKDQJHG 7KH ODVW FRQGLWLRQ EHFRPHV WKH
KLJKHVWSULRULW\
*The Normal condition cannot be changed or moved, its
priority is always the lowest.
<Model Menu (Common Functions)>
107
&RQGLWLRQGHOD\VHWWLQJ
6HWXSVFUHHQSDJH
6HOHFWWKHFRQGLWLRQZKLFK\RXZDQWWRVHW
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH '(/$< LFRQ RI WKH
FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVW WKH GHOD\ DPRXQW E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
WRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaPD[LPXPGHOD\
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
108 <Model Menu (Common Functions)>
'8$/5$7(
7KHDQJOHDQGFXUYHRIHDFKVWLFNIXQFWLRQFDQEHVHW>$OOPRGHOW\SHV@
Dual rate function is used to adjust the amount
of throw and the operational curve of the stick
IXQFWLRQV DLOHURQ HOHYDWRU DQG UXGGHU IRU HDFK
ÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQRUXSWRUDWHVIRUHDFKIXQFWLRQ
)RUDLUSODQHW\SHLWLVDOVRSRVVLEOHWRDGMXVWWKH
operational curve of the throttle function.
This is normally used after the End Point
programming has been completed to define the
maximum throw. When mixing is applied from one
channel to another channel, both channels can be
adjusted at the same time by adjusting the operation
rate through the dual rate function.
Neutral position of the dual rate curve can be
set.
'XDOUDWHFXUYHRI)/$3)/$3%877(5)/<
DQG &$0%(5 IXQFWLRQ FDQ EH VHW $LUSODQH
Glider)
)/$3DQG%877(5)/<DUHJOLGHURQO\IXQFWLRQV
( ; 3 U D W H V H W W L Q J L V Q R W D O O R Z H G L Q W K H ) / $ 3
)/$3%877(5)/<DQG&$0%(5IXQFWLRQV
,QGLYLGXDOVZLWFKVHWWLQJLVQRWDOORZHGLQWKH)/$3)/$3
DQG %877(5)/< &$0%(5 IXQFWLRQV &RQGLWLRQ
switching only)
ŏ6HOHFW>'8$/5$7(@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
ŏ/HIWULJKWXSGRZQUDWH
>$LUSODQH@
ŏ2SHUDWLRQFXUYHOHIWULJKWXSGRZQ
ŏ)XQFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ1HXWUDOSRVLWLRQ
&XUUHQWO\VHOHFWHGFLUFXLW
ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
8SWR¿YHUDWHVIRUHDFKIXQFWLRQ
>+HOLFRSWHUJOLGHU@
ŏ&RQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQ
ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
ŏ&RQGLWLRQ0RGH
VHOHFWLRQ
ŏ6ZLWFKPRGH
VHOHFWLRQ
<Model Menu (Common Functions)>
109
'XDOUDWHVHWWLQJSURFHGXUH
)XQFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH IXQFWLRQ VHOHFWLRQ
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW E\
VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FLUFXLW LWHP DQG
DFFHVVWKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ6HOHFWWKHVZLWFKDFWLYDWLRQ
PHWKRG DQG WKH DFWLYDWLRQ SRVLWLRQ LI
DSSOLFDEOH
)RUDGHWDLOHGGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVHWWLQJPHWKRGVHH>6ZLWFK
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.
/HIWULJKWXSGRZQUDWHDGMXVWPHQW
3HUIRUPWKHVHWWLQJVEHORZDIWHUFKDQJLQJWRWKHFLUFXLWRU
condition you want to adjust.
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHUDWHLWHP\RXZDQWWR
DGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
operation position is reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDW WKLV SURFHGXUH IRU DGGLWLRQDO UDWH
DQGRWKHUIXQFWLRQVDVGHVLUHG
2SHUDWLRQFXUYH(;3FXUYHDGMXVWPHQW
3HUIRUPWKHVHWWLQJVEHORZDIWHUFKDQJLQJWRWKHFLUFXLWRU
condition you want to adjust.
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH(;3LWHP\RXZDQWWR
DGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
operation position is reset to the initial value.)
8VLQJWKH(;3FXUYHLVHIIHFWLYHWRVPRRWKHRUVRIWHQWKH
control inputs around center to avoid over-controlling the
model. This is often used for the ailerons, elevator and
rudder and may be used with the throttle in the case of an
airplane selection to smoothe the engine controls as well.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUDOORWKHUUDWHVDQG
IXQFWLRQVDVGHVLUHG
110 <Model Menu (Common Functions)>
1HXWUDOSRVLWLRQDGMXVWPHQW
3HUIRUPWKHVHWWLQJVEHORZDIWHUFKDQJLQJWRWKHFLUFXLWRU
condition you want to adjust.
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>17@LWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the neutral
position is reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
3URJUDP PL[LQJ ZKLFK FDQ EH IUHHO\ FXVWRPL]HG 8S WR ILYH PL[LQJV
FDQEHXVHGIRUHDFKPRGHO>$OOPRGHOW\SHV@
352*0,;
Programmable mixing may be used to correct
undesired tendencies of the aircraft, and it may also be
XVHGIRUXQXVXDOFRQWUROFRQ¿JXUDWLRQV0L[LQJPHDQV
that the motion of a command channel, called the
"master," is added to the motion of the mixed channel,
called "slave."
<RXPD\FKRRVHWRKDYHWKH0DVWHU
VWULPDGGHGWR
WKH6ODYHFKDQQHOUHVSRQVH7ULPVHWWLQJ7KHPL[LQJ
FXUYH/LQHDUSRLQWFDQEHFKDQJHG<RXPD\VHOHFW
0L[LQJ212))VZLWFKFRQWURORU\RXPD\FKRRVHWR
have mixing remaining on all the time.
The Programmable mixing includes a powerful link
function, which allows Programmable mixing to be
linked with the special mixing functions, or with other
programmable mixing functions. The link function can
be set up for Master and Slave channel individually.
ŏ6HOHFW>352*0,;@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ0L[
0L[VHWXSVFUHHQFDOO
ŏ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHPL[ZKRVHIXQFWLRQ\RXZDQWWRDFWLYDWH
DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
ŏ0L[LQJUDWH/HIWULJKWXSGRZQ
>/LQHDUFXUYH@
ŏ&XUYHVHOHFWLRQ
ŏ&XUUHQWPL[1R
ŏ2IIVHWUDWH;<
ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
ŏ212))
>SRLQWFXUYH@
ŏ&XUYHVHOHFWLRQ
ŏ3RLQWUDWHSRLQW
3URJPL[VHWWLQJSURFHGXUH
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
*The display blinks.
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFWLYDWH WKH
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
ŏ6ODYH&+
ŏ0DVWHU&+
ŏ/LQNVHWWLQJ
ŏ7ULPPRGHVHWWLQJ
7KHIXQFWLRQLVDFWLYDWHG21RU2))GLVSOD\
212))VZLWFKDQGPL[UDWHDUHQRWVHWHYHQWKRXJKWKH
function is activated.
<Model Menu (Common Functions)>
111
Ɣ212))VZLWFKVHWWLQJ
Ɣ7ULPPRGH212))VHWWLQJ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH VZLWFK LWHP DQG
DFFHVVWKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQDQGVHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQG21
GLUHFWLRQ
:KHQ FKDQJLQJ WKH WULP PRGH PRYH WKH
FXUVRUWRWKH>75,0@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW212))E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
)RUDGHWDLOHGGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVHWWLQJPHWKRGVHH>6ZLWFK
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.
$OZD\VRQZKHQ>@
Ɣ0DVWHUFKDQQHOVHWWLQJ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >0$67(5@ LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
*The display blinks.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRFKDQJHWKHIXQFWLRQ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
:KHQ\RXZDQWWROLQNWKLVPL[LQJZLWKRWKHU
PL[HVPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>/,1.@LWHPDQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH OLQN PRGH HLWKHU >@ RU >@ E\
VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
*The display blinks.
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VHW WKH OLQN PRGH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
*Check to ensure that the link mode is functioning properly
by operating the mix accordingly.
*Master channel control can be set to activate based on the
amount of stick input, or VR input, neither of which include
$79 '5 DQG PL[LQJ VHOHFWLRQ ,Q WKLV FDVH WKH VZLWFK
setup screen is displayed by touching the RTN button with
"H/W" selected in the function selection. Select master
FKDQQHOFRQWURO7RWHUPLQDWHWKH+:VHOHFWLRQVHOHFW
WKH>@GLVSOD\DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
Ɣ6ODYHFKDQQHOVHWWLQJ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >6/$9(@ LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
*The display blinks.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRFKDQJHWKHIXQFWLRQ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
:KHQ\RXZDQWWROLQNWKLVPL[LQJZLWKRWKHU
PL[HVPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>/,1.@LWHPDQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKHOLQNPRGHWR>@RU>@E\VFUROOLQJ
WKHWRXFKVHQVRU
*The display blinks.
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VHW WKH OLQN PRGH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
*Check the direction by actual operation.
112 <Model Menu (Common Functions)>
*The display blinks.
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WKH WULP
PRGH 212)) DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU
PRGH
7RLQFRUSRUDWHWKHPL[LQJIURPWKHPDVWHUWULPVHOHFW>21@
,IWULPLVQRWGHVLUHGVHOHFW>2))@
*Effective when a function is set in the master channel.
Ɣ/LQHDUFXUYHVHWWLQJ
>5DWHVHWWLQJ@
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH PL[LQJ UDWH VHWWLQJ
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
operation position is reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDW WKLV SURFHGXUH IRU DOO RWKHU UDWHV DV
GHVLUHG
>2IIVHWWLQJWKHFXUYHKRUL]RQWDOO\LQWKHYHUWLFDO
RUKRUL]RQWDOGLUHFWLRQ@
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >2))6@ VHWWLQJ LWHP
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVW WKH RIIVHW UDWH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
operation position is reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUWKHRWKHUGLUHFWLRQ
ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ
>5DWHVHWWLQJ@
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHSRLQWUDWHVHWWLQJLWHP
\RXZDQWWRDGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
operation position is reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDW WKLV SURFHGXUH IRU HDFK SRLQW DV
GHVLUHG
)8(/0,;
'HGLFDWHG PL[LQJ XVHG WR DGMXVW WKH IXHO PL[WXUH RI DSSOLFDEOH
HQJLQHV>$LUSODQHKHOLFRSWHU@
Note: Initial settings does not assign fuel mix to
any channel. Prior to utilizing the Fuel Mix
settings, select an unused channel on your
receiver and assign it accordingly for the
mixture control. Additionally, please make
ŏ 6HOHFW >)8(/ 0,;@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX DQG
sure that your [Control] and [Trim] are set to
DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\
null [--].
WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
>$LUSODQHW\SH@
7KLVIXQFWLRQLVXWLOL]HGWRUH¿QHLQÀLJKWQHHGOH
adjustments of engines that offer mixture control
carburetors.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ1HHGOH KLJK WULP
VHOHFWLRQ
ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQVHWWLQJ
$FFHOHUDWLRQ VHWWLQJ
>+HOLFRSWHUW\SH@
ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHFRS\IXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKH&23<LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKHFRS\GHVWLQDWLRQFRQGLWLRQE\
VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH
571 EXWWRQ 6HOHFW WKH ><(6@ DQG WRXFK
WKH571EXWWRQ
ŏ(QJLQHFXWVHWWLQJ
<Model Menu (Common Functions)>
113
6HWWLQJPHWKRG
%HIRUHXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQDVVLJQWKH>)8(/0,;@IXQFWLRQ
WRDQXQXVHGFKDQQHOLQWKH/LQNDJHPHQX>)81&7,21@
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
*The display blinks.
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFWLYDWH WKH
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH21
LVGLVSOD\HG
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>0,;@LWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
6HOHFWWKHPL[LQJPRGH\RXZDQWWRFKDQJH
E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
*The display blinks.
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WKH PRGH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
:KHQ>0,;@LVVHOHFWHGDWWKH>0,;@LFRQWKHWKURWWOHFXUYH
GDWDWKDWLVVHWEHFRPHVWKHPL[PDVWHU:KHQ>810,;@LV
selected, the throttle stick position becomes the master.
ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHSRLQWUDWHVHWWLQJLWHP
\RXZDQWWRDGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
operation position is reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKSRLQW
Ɣ1HHGOHKLJKWULPVHWWLQJ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH QHHGOH KLJK WULP
VHOHFWLRQ LWHP DQG DFFHVV WKH VZLWFK VHWXS
VFUHHQ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571 EXWWRQ 6HOHFW
WKHQHHGOHKLJKWULPOHYHU
)RUDGHWDLOHGGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVHWWLQJPHWKRGVHH>6ZLWFK
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH 75,0 UDWH LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
$GMXVW WKH WULP UDWH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
114 <Model Menu (Common Functions)>
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
*Needle high trim works as high trim based on the center.
:RUNVOLNH$7/WULP
Ɣ$FFHOHUDWLRQVHWWLQJ$LUSODQH
*This function is used to adjust the needle/engine rise
characteristics during acceleration. This enables an
acceleration function which temporarily increases the needle
operation from the throttle stick.
This function is used when there are symptoms of the
mixture being too lean or too rich, which would be
generated by sudden throttle stick inputs.
>$FFHOHUDWLRQUDWHVHWWLQJ5$7(@
$FFHOHUDWLRQFDQEHDGMXVWHGIRUERWKKLJKDQGORZVHWWLQJV
>'DPSLQJUDWHVHWWLQJ'803,1*@
7KHUHWXUQWLPHDIWHURSHUDWLRQ'XPSLQJFDQEHVHW
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHUDWHLWHP\RXZDQWWR
FKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFK
WRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
>2SHUDWLRQSRLQWVHWWLQJ$&7326@
*The operation point at which the acceleration setting will
occur. If this point is exceeded, acceleration is performed.
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7326@LWHP DQG
KROG WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN WR WKH SRVLWLRQ \RX
ZDQW WR FKDQJH DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ
IRURQHVHFRQG
Note: When using the acceleration function,
since the needle stroke is large, adjust your
settings so there is no binding of your linkage.
Ɣ(QJLQHFXWVHWWLQJ
* Operation linked with the throttle hold function, throttle cut
function, and idle down function is possible. The throttle cut
position can be adjusted accordingly. Set it to the full closed
position.
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH WKURWWOH FXW RU LGOH
GRZQ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVW WKH VHUYR SRVLWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
WRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH7+5&87,'/('2:1
$GMXVWPHQW UDQJH 7+5 &87 a ,'/(
'2:1a
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
MODEL MENU (AIRPLANE/GLIDER FUNCTIONS)
The dedicated mixes, etc. that are applicable
when an airplane or glider model type is selected
are displayed in this Model menu functions
section. Prior to adjusting any of these mixes, etc.
use the Model Type function in the Linkage menu
to select the model type, wing type, and tail type
matched to the aircraft. Other settings reset the
data used in mixing function, etc.
For glider, many dedicated mixes can be set
for each flight condition, as required. To switch
the settings for each condition by switch or stick
position, use the Condition Select function to add
flight conditions. (Up to five conditions can be
used)
Note: The T14SG is designed so that the airplane
and glider model types can utilize aircraft of the
same wing type.
The functions common to airplanes and gliders, with
the exception of some dedicated functions, are
written without regard to the model type.
While there may be differences, depending on the
number of servos, etc. the wing type used, etc. the
setup screens in the instruction manual are typical
examples.
ŏ $FFHVV WKH PRGHO PHQX VKRZQ EHORZ E\
touching the MDL button twice at the home
screen, etc.
*The Model menu screen depends on
the model type.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or a HOME/
EXIT button is pushed.
RETURN
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJ
cursor
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
ŏ 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ
you want to set and
access the setup
screen by touching
the RTN button.
Model Menu functions list
PITCH CURVE
Compatible with VPP (Variable Pitch Propeller)
function. [Airplane, general]
THR CURVE
THR curve function adjusts the throttle operation
curve for optimum engine speed to throttle stick
movement. [Airplane/glider, general]
THR DELAY
THR-DELAY function is used to slow the
response of the throttle stick to simulate the slow
response of a turbine engine, etc. [Airplane,
general]
AIL DIFFERENTIAL
The left and right aileron differential can be
adjusted independently. For glider, the differential
UDWHLQEXWWHUÀ\PL[LQJFDQEHDGMXVWHG
[Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more]
FLAP SETTING
7KHXSGRZQWUDYHORIHDFKÀDSFDQEHDGMXVWHG
independently for each servo according to the wing
W\SH>$LUSODQHJOLGHUÀDSVRUPRUH@
AIL to CAMB.FLP
7KLVPL[RSHUDWHVWKHFDPEHUÀDSVLQWKHDLOHURQ
mode. It improves the roll axis characteristics.
>$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVÀDSVRUPRUH@
AIL to BRKFLP
7KLVPL[RSHUDWHVWKHEUDNHÀDSVLQWKHDLOHURQ
mode. It improves the roll axis characteristics.
>*OLGHUÀDSV@
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
115
AIL to RUD
This mix is used when you want to coordinate
the rudder with aileron operation for banking at
shallow angles. [Airplane/glider, general]
RUD to AIL
This function is used when you want to mix
the ailerons with rudder input. Rudder is applied
GXULQJUROOLQJPDQHXYHUVVXFKDVNQLIHHGJHÀLJKW
[Airplane/glider, general]
CAMBER MIX
This mix adjusts the camber and corrects the
elevators. [Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more]
ELE to CAMBER
This mix is used when you want to the mix
FDPEHUÀDSVZLWKHOHYDWRUWRLQFUHDVHWKHOLIWRIWKH
model. [Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more]
CAMB.FLP to ELE
This mix is used to correct for changes in attitude
when the camber flaps are utilized. [Airplane/
JOLGHUDLOHURQVÀDSRUPRUH@
BUTTERFLY (Crow)
This function is used to quickly slow the aircraft
and/or reduce the altitude. [Glider, 2 ailerons or
PRUH)O\LQJDLOHURQVÀDSRUPRUH@
TRIM MIX
7KHDLOHURQVHOHYDWRUVDQGÀDSVWULPRIIVHWUDWH
can be accessed by selecting a switch or condition
selection as desired. [Glider, 2 ailerons or more]
AIRBRAKE
RUDDER 1
Winglet
(at Flying wing)
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
FLP 3
(Brake Flap)
FLP 1
(Camber Flap)
V-TAIL
ELEVATOR
(RUDDER 2)
This function is used when airbrakes are
necessary when landing or when diving, etc. during
ÀLJKW$LUSODQHDLOHURQVRUPRUH
GYRO
This is a dedicated mix when a GYA Series gyro
is used. [Airplane/glider, general]
V-TAIL
This function incorporates the elevators and
rudder input for use with V-tail models. [Airplane/
JOLGHU9WDLOVSHFL¿FDWLRQV@
AILEVATOR (DUAL ELEVATOR)
This function adjusts the elevators and ailerons
of models with elevator specifications. [Airplane/
JOLGHUDLOHYDWRUVSHFL¿FDWLRQV@
WINGLET
This function adjusts the left and right rudders
of winglet models. [Airplane/glider, winglet
VSHFL¿FDWLRQV@
MOTOR
This function adjusts the operation speed when
the motor of an F5B or other such EP glider is
started by a switch. [Airplane/glider, general]
RUD to ELE
This function is used to correct rolling maneuvers
VXFKDVNQLIHHGJHÀLJKW>$LUSODQHJHQHUDO@
SNAP ROLL
This function selects the snap roll switch and
adjusts the amount of servo input. Servo speed can
also be adjusted. [Airplane general]
FLP 4
(Brake Flap)
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
AILVATOR
RUDDER
(ELEVATOR 2)
116 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
ELEVATOR
(AILERON 5)
RUDDER 2
Winglet
(at Flying wing)
ELEVATOR 2
(AILERON 6)
PIT CURVE
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJHQHUDO
This function adjusts the pitch curve for VPP
(Variable Pitch Propeller) airplane.
*Up to 3 conditions can be set.
7KHSULRULW\LQFUHDVHVLQFRQGLWLRQĺĺRUGHU
ŏ6HOHFW>3,7&859(@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.
NOTE: When VPP is not assigned to any
channel, the pitch curve is not displayed in
the model menu. In this case, assign VPP to
any channel on the function screen.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ&XUYHUDWH
ŏ&XUYHSRLQW
Setting method
Ɣ933FRQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQ
1. Move the cursor to the # button at the top
right side of the screen and touch the RTN
button to switch to the data input mode.
6HOHFW WKH 933 FRQGLWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to call the setting
screen and return to the cursor mode.
2. Move the cursor to the switch item and
touch the RTN button to access the selection
screen. Select the switch and set its ON
direction.
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
6HWWKH933FRQGLWLRQDQGVZLWFK
*The VPP conditions can also be checked in the HOME
screen.
button to switch to the data input mode.
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
2. Repeat this procedure for each point.
>0RYLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
1. Move the cursor to the curve point setting
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571
button to switch to the data input mode.
$GMXVWWKHFXUYHSRLQWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
sensor.
,QLWLDO YDOXH 3 3 3 3
3
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH8SWRLQIURQWRIWKH
DGMRLQLQJSRLQW
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the curve
position is reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
2. Repeat this procedure for each point.
ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ
>&XUYHUDWHVHWWLQJ@
1. Move the cursor to the curve rate setting
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571
>'HOHWLQJUHWXUQLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
Move the cursor to the curve point setting
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR GHOHWHUHWXUQ DQG WRXFK
the RTN button for one second.
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
117
THR CURVE
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO
This function adjusts the throttle curve for
optimum engine speed from throttle stick input.
*When throttle curve is set to ON when there is no throttle
function; this curve acts as the motor function.
ŏ6HOHFW>7+5&859(@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.
NOTE: If this throttle curve function is activated,
you can not use the THR-EXP function within
the DUAL RATE function simultaneously.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ&XUYHUDWH
ŏ&XUYHSRLQW
Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
the RTN button to switch to the data input
mode.
Select the ON mode by scrolling the touch
sensor.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to activate the
function and return to the cursor mode.
ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ
>&XUYHUDWHVHWWLQJ@
1. Move the cursor to the curve rate setting
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571
button to switch to the data input mode.
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
2. Repeat this procedure for each point.
>0RYLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
1. Move the cursor to the curve point setting
118 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571
button to switch to the data input mode.
$GMXVWWKHFXUYHSRLQWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
sensor.
,QLWLDO YDOXH 3 3 3 3
3
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH8SWRLQIURQWRIWKH
DGMRLQLQJSRLQW
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the curve
position is reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
2. Repeat this procedure for each point.
>'HOHWLQJUHWXUQLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
Move the cursor to the curve point setting
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR GHOHWHUHWXUQ DQG WRXFK
the RTN button for one second.
THR DELAY
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJHQHUDO
THR-DELAY function is used to slow the
response of the throttle stick to simulate the slow
response of a turbine engine, etc.
*This function is the same as THR of servo speed. If it sets up
in great numbers, it overlaps and a THR servo becomes late
further. Please do not let me overlap. Use either.
ŏ6HOHFW>7+5'(/$<@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
RETURN
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
Setting method
Ɣ2SHUDWLRQVSHHGGHOD\VHWWLQJ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >'(/$<@ LWHP DQG
touch the RTN button to switch to the data
input mode.
$GMXVW WKH GHOD\ UDWH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
sensor.
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaPD[LPXPGHOD\
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
Touch the RTN button to activate the
function and return to the cursor mode.
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
119
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH
AIL DIFF.
The left and right aileron differential can be
adjusted independently.
)RUJOLGHUWKHGLIIHUHQWLDOUDWHLQEXWWHUÀ\PL[LQJ
can be adjusted.
ŏ 6HOHFW >$,/ ',))@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.
>$LUSODQH$)@
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the Model Type.
<SensorTouch™>
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ$LOHURQOHIWULJKW
DGMXVWPHQW
>*OLGHU$)@
(Currently selected condition name)
Setting method
Ɣ$LOHURQOHIWULJKWDGMXVWPHQW
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHDLOHURQ$,/aOHIWRU
ULJKWVHWWLQJLWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
to switch to the data input mode.
$GMXVW WKH DLOHURQ DQJOHV E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
touch sensor when the stick is moved to the
OHIWRUULJKWHQG
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
120 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
Ɣ$LOHURQGLIIHUHQWLDODGMXVWPHQWLQEXWWHUÀ\
mixing
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >%877(5)/< $'-867@
item and touch the RTN button to switch to
the data input mode.
$GMXVW WKH GLIIHUHQWLDO UDWH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
touch sensor.
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
FLAP SET.
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUÁDSVRUPRUH
7KHXSGRZQWUDYHORIHDFKÀDSFDPEHUÀDSV
FLP1/2, brake flaps: FLP3/4) can be adjusted
independently for each servo according to the
wing type.
ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQWRIHDFKÁDSFDQEH
offset
FLP 3
(Brake Flap)
FLP 1
(Camber Flap)
The camber flaps of a 4-flap model can
be mixed with the brake flaps. (BRKFLP to
CMBFLP)
FLP 4
(Brake Flap)
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
ŏ$Q212))VZLWFKFDQEHVHW
ŏ 6HOHFW >)/$3 6(7@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS
screen shown below by touching the RTN button.
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ 8 S ' R Z Q
DGMXVWPHQW
ŏ2SHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFH
point offset
Setting method
Ɣ)ODSXSGRZQDGMXVWPHQW
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH IODS )/3 a 8S RU
Down item according to the wing type and
touch the RTN button to switch to the data
LQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKHWUDYHOLQGHSHQGHQWO\
by scrolling the touch sensor.
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
Ɣ5HIHUHQFHSRLQWDGMXVWPHQW
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >2))6(7@ LWHP DQG
touch the RTN button to switch to the data
LQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKHRSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFH
point of each flap by scrolling the touch
sensor.
,QLWLDOYDOXH
(Glider: Currently selected condition name)
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the
reference point is reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKH%UDNH)/3WR&DPEHU)/3PL[LQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
the RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH21
LVGLVSOD\HG
To select a switch, move the cursor to the
>6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FDOO
the selection screen. Select the switch and
VHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
121
AIL to CMBFLP
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJ PRGHO W\SH@ $LUSODQHJOLGHU DLOHURQV IODSV RU
more
This mix operates the camber flaps (FLP1/2)
in the aileron mode. When the aileron stick
is manipulated, the ailerons and camber flaps
perform aileron operation simultaneously to
VLJQL¿FDQWO\LPSURYHWKHUROOD[LV
ŏ7KHDLOHURQOHIWULJKWPL[LQJUDWHRIHDFKÁDSVHUYR
FDQEHLQGHSHQGHQWO\DGMXVWHG
ŏ$Q212))VZLWFKFDQEHVHW
ŏ/LQNLQJLVSRVVLEOH/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV
FLP 1
(Camber Flap)
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.
ŏ 6HOHFW >$,/ WR &0%)/3@ DW WKH 0RGHO
menu and access the setup screen
shown below by touching the RTN
button.
(Glider: Currently selected condition name)
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWRIHDFK
ÁDSVHUYR
Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
the RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH21
LVGLVSOD\HG
When selecting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW VHWWLQJ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH IODS )/3 a OHIW
or right item according to the wing type
and touch the RTN button to switch to the
GDWD LQSXW PRGH $GMXVW WKH PL[LQJ UDWH
122 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
independently by scrolling the touch sensor.
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
Ɣ/LQNPRGHVHWWLQJ
When linking a mix, move the cursor to the
>/,1.@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
switch to the data input mode. Select the
ON mode by scrolling the touch sensor.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to set the link mode
and return to the cursor mode.
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@*OLGHUÁDSV
AIL to BRAKEFLP
This mix operates the brake flaps (FLP3/4)
in the aileron mode. When the aileron stick is
PDQLSXODWHGWKHDLOHURQDQGEUDNHÀDSVSHUIRUP
the aileron operation simultaneously and the roll
axis is improved.
FLP 3
(Brake Flap)
ŏ 7KH DLOHURQ OHIW DQG ULJKW PL[LQJ UDWHV FDQ EH
DGMXVWHGVHSDUDWHO\IRUHDFKÁDSVHUYR
ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ/LQNLQJFDQEHVHW/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV
FLP 4
(Brake Flap)
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.
ŏ 6HOHFW >$,/ WR %5.)/3@ DW WKH 0RGHO
menu and access the setup screen
shown below by touching the RTN
button.
(Currently selected condition name)
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWRIHDFK
ÁDSVHUYR
Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
the RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH21
LVGLVSOD\HG
When setting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ
to access the selection screen. Select the
VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21
DWVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
sensor.
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
Ɣ/LQNPRGHVHWWLQJ
To activate the mixing, move the cursor to
WKH>/,1.@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWR
switch to the data input mode. Select the
ON mode by scrolling the touch sensor.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to set the link mode
and return to the cursor mode.
Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH IODS )/3 a OHIW RU
right item and touch the RTN button to switch
WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH $GMXVW WKH PL[LQJ
rate independently by scrolling the touch
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
123
AIL to RUD
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO
Use this mix when you want to mix the rudders
with aileron operation. This allows the aircraft to
bank at a steep angle.
ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\ D
VZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
RUDDER 1
Winglet
at Flying wing
(
)
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
RUDDER 2
Winglet
at Flying wing
(
)
V-TAIL
ŏ 6 H O H F W > $ , / W R 5 8 ' @ D W W K H
Model menu and access the
setup screen shown below by
touching the RTN button.
RUDDER 2
RUDDER
RUDDER
(Glider: Currently selected condition name)
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
*The display screen is an example.
The actual screen depends on the
model type.
Setting method
Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
Move the cursor to the left or right item
and touch the RTN button to switch to the
GDWD LQSXW PRGH $GMXVW WKH PL[LQJ UDWH
independently by scrolling the touch sensor.
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
the RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH21
LVGLVSOD\HG
When selecting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW VHWWLQJ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
124 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
RUD to AIL
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO
This function is used when you want to mix
the ailerons with rudder input. It is used when
rudder is applied during roll maneuvers such
as, knife edge flight. It can be used to turn or
bank scale models, large models, etc. like a fullsize aircraft.
ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ/LQNLQJFDQEHVHW/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQDOVREHDGMXVWHG
ŏ$SRLQWFXUYHFDQEHVHWDWDLUSODQHPRGHOW\SH
(
AIL1
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
RUDDER 1
Winglet
at Flying wing
)
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
(Chip Aileron)
RUDDER 2
Winglet
at Flying wing
(
)
V-TAIL
RUDDER 2
RUDDER
RUDDER
ŏ 6HOHFW >58' WR $,/@ DW WKH 0RGHO
menu and access the setup screen
shown below by touching the RTN (Glider: Currently selected condition name)
button.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
*The display screen is an example.
The actual screen depends on the
model type.
Setting method
Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQWJOLGHU
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
Move the cursor to the left or right item
and touch the RTN button to switch to the
GDWD LQSXW PRGH $GMXVW WKH PL[LQJ UDWH
independently by scrolling the touch sensor.
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
the RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH21
LVGLVSOD\HG
When setting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW VHWWLQJ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
Ɣ/LQNPRGHVHWWLQJ
To activate the link mixing, move the cursor
WRWKH>/,1.@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
to switch to the data input mode. Select the
ON mode by scrolling the touch sensor.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to set the link mode
and return to the cursor mode.
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
125
ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJDLUSODQH
>&XUYHUDWHVHWWLQJ@
1. Move the cursor to the curve rate setting
LWHPOHIWVLGH\RXZDQWWRDGMXVWDQGWRXFK
the RTN button to switch to the data input
mode.
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
2. Repeat this procedure for each point.
>0RYLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
1. Move the cursor to the curve point setting
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571
button to switch to the data input mode.
$GMXVWWKHFXUYHSRLQWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
sensor.
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH8SWRLQIURQWRIWKH
DGMRLQLQJSRLQW
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the curve
position is reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
2. Repeat this procedure for each point.
>'HOHWLQJUHWXUQLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
Move the cursor to the curve point setting
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR GHOHWHUHWXUQ DQG WRXFK
the RTN button for one second.
126 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
CAMBER MIX
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH
This function adjusts the rate of camber
operation for the wing camber (ailerons, camber
flaps, brake flaps) in the negative and positive
directions. The aileron, flap, and elevator rates
can also be adjusted independently and attitude
changes caused by camber operation can be
corrected.
ŏ 6HOHFW >&$0%(5 0,;@ DW WKH 0RGHO
menu and access the setup screen
shown below by touching the RTN
button.
*Initial setting assigns camber operation to side lever LS.
ŏ 7KH XSGRZQ UDWHV RI WKH DLOHURQ IODS DQG
HOHYDWRUVHUYRVFDQEHDGMXVWHG:KHQWKHPL[LQJ
GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH OLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQWV
can be made by changing the mixing rate
SRODULW\RU
ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ$FRQGLWLRQGHOD\FDQEHVHW$FXWVZLWFKZKLFK
FDQWXUQ2))WKHGHOD\IXQFWLRQFDQEHVHW
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\
setting
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\
cut switch
(Glider: Currently selected
condition name)
ŏ$LOHURQUDWH
DGMXVWPHQW
ŏ)ODSUDWH
DGMXVWPHQW
ŏ(OHYDWRUUDWH
DGMXVWPHQW
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
127
Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
the RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH21
LVGLVSOD\HG
When setting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW VHWWLQJ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
Ɣ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\VHWWLQJ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >&21''(/$<@ LWHP
and touch the RTN button to switch to the
GDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKHFRQGLWLRQGHOD\
by scrolling the touch sensor.
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
When setting a cut switch, move the cursor
WR WKH >&876:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571
button to access the selection screen. Select
WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V
21DWVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
Ɣ5DWHDGMXVWPHQW
7KH UDWHV DUH DGMXVWHG E\ DFFHVVLQJ WKH
DLOHURQÁDSDQGHOHYDWRUUDWHVFUHHQV
Move the cursor to the rate1 or rate2
item and touch the RTN button to switch
WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH $GMXVW WKH UDWH
independently by scrolling the touch sensor.
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
FLP 4
FLP 3
(Brake Flap) (Brake Flap)
FLP 1
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
(Camber Flap)
AIL1
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
(Chip Aileron)
V-TAIL
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
128 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
AILVATOR
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
ELE to CAMBER
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH
This function is used when you want to mix the
FDPEHUÀDSVZLWKHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ:KHQXVHG
the flaps are lowered by up elevator, and lift is
increased.
ŏ6HOHFW>(/(WR&$0%(5@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX
and access the setup screen shown below
by touching the RTN button.
ŏ,QÁLJKWPL[LQJFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\DVVLJQLQJ
WKLVWRDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG
ŏ 7KH SRLQW WKDW KDV OLWWOH HIIHFW QHDU WKH QHXWUDO
SRVLWLRQ RI WKH HOHYDWRU VWLFN FDQ EH DGMXVWHG
*OLGHURQO\
1RWH7KHHOHYDWRURQWKHWDLOOHVVZLQJZLOODOVR
EHHIIHFWHGZKHQWKLVPL[LVDFWLYDWHG
(Glider: Currently selected condition name)
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
*The display screen is an example.
The actual screen depends on the
model type.
Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW
Move the cursor to the up or down mixing
rate item for each servo and touch the RTN
button to switch to the data input mode.
$GMXVW WKH UDWH LQGHSHQGHQWO\ E\ VFUROOLQJ
the touch sensor.
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
the RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH21
LVGLVSOD\HG
When setting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW VHWWLQJ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
Ɣ5DQJHVHWWLQJ*OLGHURQO\
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >5$1*(@ LWHP DQG
hold the elevator stick to the desired position
XSSHURUORZHUVLGHDQGWKHQWRXFKWKH571
button for one second to set the range.
*The mixing does not work near neutral of the elevator stick.
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
129
CMBFLP to ELE
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU
DLOHURQVÁDSRUPRUH
When the camber/speed flaps are utilized,
the aircraft might experience, a change in pitch.
This mix compensates for such changes by
incorporating elevator input.
FLP 1
(Camber Flap)
ŏ 7KH HOHYDWRU VHUYRV XSGRZQ UDWHV FDQ EH
DGMXVWHG VHSDUDWHO\ ,I WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV
UHYHUVHGFKDQJHWKHPL[LQJUDWHSRODULW\RU²
ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
AILVATOR
V-TAIL
ELEVATOR
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
ELEVATOR 2
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
ŏ 6HOHFW >&0%)/3 WR (/(@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX DQG
access the setup screen shown below by touching
the RTN button.
(Glider: Currently selected condition name)
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ ( O H Y D W R U U D W H
DGMXVWPHQW
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
*The display screen is an
example. The actual screen
depends on the model type.
Setting method
Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH5$7(RU5$7(LWHP
and touch the RTN button to switch to the
GDWD LQSXW PRGH $GMXVW WKH PL[LQJ UDWH
independently by scrolling the touch sensor.
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
the RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH21
LVGLVSOD\HG
When setting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW VHWWLQJ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
130 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
BUTTERFLY
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@*OLGHU1RUPDODLOHURQVRUPRUH
)O\LQJDLOHURQVÁDSRUPRUH
& UHDWH PRUH OLIW WRZDUG WKH FHQWHU RI WKH
ZLQJDOORZLQJLWWRÁ\DWDVORZHUVSHHG
This function is utilized to quickly slow the
aircraft and reduce altitude by simultaneously
raising the left and right ailerons and lowering the
ÀDSVFDPEHUÀDSEUDNHÀDS
Butterfly (Crow) produces an extremely
HI¿FLHQWODQGLQJFRQ¿JXUDWLRQE\DFFRPSOLVKLQJ
the following:
ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ 7KH SRLQW DW ZKLFK WKH EXWWHUIO\ RSHUDWLRQ
reference point can be offset.
ŏ 7KH RSHUDWLRQDO VSHHG RI WKH DLOHURQV DQG IODSV
FDQEHDGMXVWHG
ŏ7KHGLIIHUHQWLDOUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG
1. Slow the aircraft’s velocity.
3URYLGH ZDVKRXW DW WKH ZLQJ WLSV WR UHGXFH
the tendency to tip stall.
*For a description of the setting method, see the aileron
differential function.
ŏ6HOHFW>%877(5)/<@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.
(Currently selected condition name)
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ$LOHURQÁDSUDWH
DGMXVWPHQW
ŏ(OHYDWRUDGMXVWPHQW
ŏ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
ŏ%XWWHUÁ\RSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQW
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
131
Ɣ(OHYDWRUFRPSHQVDWLRQFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW
Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
the RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH21
LVGLVSOD\HG
When setting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW VHWWLQJ
Offset point
,QWHUPHGLDWHSRLQW
(QGSRLQW
2XWSXW<
)L[HG
Settable
Settable
3RVLWLRQ;
)L[HGRIIVHW
SRVLWLRQ
Settable
)L[HG
* The range where mixing does not work close to the neutral
position of the elevator stick can be adjusted. (Glider only)
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
Ɣ5DWHDGMXVWPHQW
Move the cursor to the aileron, flap or
elevator rate item and touch the RTN button
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKH
rate independently by scrolling the touch
sensor.
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQW UDQJH a (OHYDWRU
a
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
*When offset is set, the curve is initialized.
Ɣ5HIHUHQFHSRLQWDGMXVWPHQW
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >2))6(7@ LWHP DQG
hold the airbrake stick to the desired position
and then touch the RTN button for one
second to set the butterfly operational
reference point.
,QLWLDOYDOXHXSSHUVLGH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
Ɣ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
Move the cursor to the aileron, flap or
elevator speed item and touch the RTN
button to switch to the data input mode.
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaPD[LPXPGHOD\
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
FLP 4
FLP 3
(Brake Flap) (Brake Flap)
FLP 1
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
(Camber Flap)
AIL1
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
(Chip Aileron)
V-TAIL
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
AILVATOR
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
132 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
Touch the RTN button to activate the
function and return to the cursor mode.
TRIM MIX
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@*OLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH
This function adjusts the trim offset rates of the
DLOHURQVHOHYDWRUVDQGÀDSVFDPEHUÀDSVEUDNH
ÀDSVDFFRUGLQJWRWKHÀLJKWVWDWXV
As an example this function can be set up for
ODXQFKLQJZLWKVSHHGÀDSVDQGDLOHURQVGURRSHG
and a slight amount of up elevator, and can be
XVHGIRUKLJKVSHHGÀ\LQJZLWKERWKDLOHURQVDQG
speed flaps reflexed slightly, and a bit of down
elevator.
To prevent sudden trim changes when switching
ÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVDGHOD\FDQEHVHWWRSURYLGHD
smooth transition between the two conditions. It
is also possible to program a cut switch which
will turn off the delay.
Furthermore, you can set the auto switch, which
will link the trim mix to a stick, switch, or dial.
Additionally, the speed of the aileron, elevator,
DQGÀDSVHUYRVFDQEHDGMXVWHG
ŏ 6HOHFW >75,0 0,;@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.
(Currently selected condition name)
<SensorTouch™>
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ $ L O H U R Q V I O D S V D Q G
elevators offset rate
ŏ 6 Z L W F K
selection
ŏ $LOHURQV IODSV DQG
elevators servo speed
setting
ŏ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\
setting
ŏ$XWRVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
133
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
the RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH21
LVGLVSOD\HG
When setting a switch, move the cursor to
the switch item and touch the RTN button
to access the selection screen. Select the
VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21
DWVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
Ɣ7ULPRIIVHWUDWHDGMXVWPHQW
Move the cursor to the aileron, flap or
elevator rate item and touch the RTN button
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKH
rate independently by scrolling the touch
sensor.
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
Ɣ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\VHWWLQJ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >&21''(/$<@ LWHP
and touch the RTN button to switch to the
GDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKHFRQGLWLRQGHOD\
by scrolling the touch sensor.
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
operation position is reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
When setting a cut switch, move the cursor
WR WKH >&876:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571
button to access the selection screen. Select
WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V
21DWVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
Ɣ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
Move the cursor to the aileron, flap or
elevator speed item and touch the RTN
button to switch to the data input mode.
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaPD[LPXPGHOD\
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
Touch the RTN button to activate the
function and return to the cursor mode.
Ɣ$XWRVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
When selecting an auto switch, move the
FXUVRUWRWKH>$8726:@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH
RTN button to access the selection screen.
Select the switch and set its ON direction.
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
FLP 4
FLP 3
(Brake Flap) (Brake Flap)
FLP 1
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
(Camber Flap)
AIL1
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
(Chip Aileron)
V-TAIL
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
134 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
AILVATOR
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
AIRBRAKE
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHDLOHURQVRUPRUH
This function is used to increase the aircraft's
drag and is useful for landing or diving, etc.
The preset elevators and flaps (camber flap,
brake flap) offset amount can be activated by a
switch.
The offset amount of the aileron, elevator, and
flap servos can be adjusted as needed. Also the
VSHHGRIWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQGÀDSVHUYRVFDQ
be adjusted. If the Auto Mode is activated, this
will link the Airbrake to a stick, switch, or dial. A
separate stick switch or dial can also be set as the
ON/OFF switch.
6HWWLQJH[DPSOHIRU)$DQGRWKHUÀDSHURQVSHFL¿FDWLRQV
:KHQDLOHURQVPRGHOW\SHVHOHFWHG
Offset rate:
$,/>a@$,/>a@(/(>a@
Note: The input numerics are examples. Adjust the travel to
match the aircraft.
Mode setting:
$&7>21@
6ZLWFK>6:&@
$8726:>@
ŏ6HOHFW>$,5%5$.(@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGDFFHVV
the setup screen shown below by touching the
RTN button.
*The display screen is an example. The
actual screen depends on the model type.
<SensorTouch™>
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ $ L O H U R Q V I O D S V D Q G
elevators offset rate
ŏ 6 Z L W F K
selection
ŏ $LOHURQV IODSV DQG
elevators servo speed
setting
ŏ$XWRVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
135
Setting method
Ɣ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
Move the cursor to the aileron, flap or
elevator speed item and touch the RTN
button to switch to the data input mode.
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaPD[LPXPGHOD\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
the RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH21
LVGLVSOD\HG
When setting a switch, move the cursor to
the switch item and touch the RTN button
to access the selection screen. Select the
VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21
DWVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
Ɣ2IIVHWUDWHDGMXVWPHQW
Move the cursor to the aileron, flap or
elevator rate item and touch the RTN button
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKH
rate independently by scrolling the touch
sensor.
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
Touch the RTN button to return to the cursor
mode.
Ɣ$XWRVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
When setting a auto switch, move the cursor
WR WKH >$8726:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571
button to access the selection screen. Select
WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V
21DWVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
FLP 4
FLP 3
(Brake Flap) (Brake Flap)
FLP 1
FLP 2
(Camber Flap)
(Camber Flap)
AIL1
AIL 2
(Main Aileron)
(Main Aileron)
AIL 3
AIL 4
(Chip Aileron)
(Chip Aileron)
V-TAIL
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
136 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
AILVATOR
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO
GYRO
Note: This setting does not assign a sensitivity
channel. To do so, use the Linkage menu
prior to assigning the sensitivity channel
(Gyro/Gyro2/Gyro3), be sure to select an
unused channel.
Set the [Control] and [Trim] settings other than
Function to [--].
This function is used when a GYA Series gyro
is used to stabilize the aircraft's attitude. The
sensitivity and operation mode (Normal mode/
AVCS mode) can be changed via a switch.
ŏ 7KUHH UDWHV 5DWH 5DWH 5DWH FDQ EH
switched.
ŏ 8S WR D[HV *\UR*\UR *\UR FDQ EH
simultaneously controlled.
ŏ6HOHFW>*<52@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQG
access the setup screen shown below
by touching the RTN button.
>5DWHVHWXSVFUHHQ@
(Active rate # display)
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ 5 D W H V H W X S
screen selection
ŏ * \ U R W \ S H
selection
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ $&7,1+
ŏ 6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
>5DWHVHWXSVFUHHQ@
ŏ 7KH RSHUDWLRQ PRGH $9&6125
and sensitivity of the three axis
*\UR*\UR*\URFDQEHVHW
>5DWHVHWXSVFUHHQ@
Setting method
*Prior to using the Function menu in the Linkage menu to
assign the sensitivity channel (Gyro/Gyro2/Gyro3) select an
unused channel.
Set [Control] and [Trim] other than function to [--].
Ɣ5DWHVHWXSVFUHHQVHOHFWLRQ
Move the cursor to the setup screen selection
item and touch the RTN button to switch
to the data input mode. Select the setup
screen # by scrolling the touch sensor.
Touch the RTN button to change the setup
screen and return to the cursor mode.
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>,1+@LWHPDQGWRXFK
the RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to activate the
function and return to the cursor mode.
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
137
selection item and touch the RTN button
to switch to the data input mode. Select
the operation mode by scrolling the touch
sensor.
>$9&6@$9&6PRGH
>1250@1RUPDOPRGH
Touch the RTN button to change the
operation mode and return to the cursor
mode.
When setting a rate selection switch, move
the cursor to the switch item and touch the
RTN button to access the selection screen.
Select the switch and set its ON direction.
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
Ɣ*\URW\SHVHOHFWLRQ
Move the cursor to the gyro type selection
item and touch the RTN button to switch to
the data input mode. Select the gyro type
by scrolling the touch sensor.
>*<@:KHQD)XWDED*<$J\URLVXVHG
>1250@ :KHQ XVLQJ VRPHWKLQJ RWKHU WKDQ
)XWDED*<$J\URLVXVHG
Touch the RTN button to change the gyro
type and return to the cursor mode.
Ɣ6HQVLWLYLW\VHWWLQJ
Move the cursor to the sensitivity icon and
touch the RTN button to switch to the data
input mode.
$GMXVW WKH VHQVLWLYLW\ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
sensor.
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When a Futaba GYA gyro is used and [GY] type is selected,
the sensitivity set value is directly read in both the AVCS
and NORM modes.
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the
sensitivity is reset to the initial value.)
Touch the RTN button to return to the cursor
mode.
Ɣ2SHUDWLRQPRGHVHOHFWLRQ*<$J\UR
Move the cursor to the operation mode
([DPSOH6HWWLQJWKUHHD[LVXVLQJD*<$DQG*<$
ŏ:LQJW\SH$LOHURQVHUYRVPRXQWHGIXVHODJHVHOHFWHG
ŏ6HW 5CH → GYRO*<$$,/ 7CH → GYRO2*<$(/( 8CH → GYRO3*<$58' CTRL
and TRIM → [--]DWWKH)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH/LQNDJHPHQX
ŏ*<52VHWWLQJRIWKH0RGHOPHQX
Rate
#1
#2
#3
GYRO
GYRO 2
GYRO 3
AVCS : 60% AVCS : 60% AVCS : 60%
TYPE
GY
NORM : 60% NORM : 60% NORM : 60%
GY
ACT/INH
OFF/ON
INH
ON/OFF
SW
SE
SE
*Set so that Rate 1 is turned on at the back position of switch E and Rate 3 is turned ON at the front position. Since
switch E is turned OFF at the center, Rate 2 remains [INH].
AVCS
GAIN 0%
NORMAL
R7008SB
When AVCS is used we
recommend that the
sensitivity CH be set to
the 3-position.
GYA431
S.BUS/S.BUS2 port
Aileron servo
GYA431
:KHQD6%86SRUWLV
XVHG56%&+0RGH
LVVHWWR0RGH%>'@
Elevator servo
GYA430
Rudder servo
138 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
V-TAIL
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU9WDLO
This function enables adjustments for left and
right rudder angle changes during elevator and
rudder operation of a V-tail airplane.
V-tail is when two servos are used together to
control rudder movement as elevators. In addition
to each elevator side moving up and down together,
each side moves in opposite directions when moving
as rudders. On a V-tail, this is also known as a
Ruddervator, as they serve the same purpose.
ELEVATOR
(RUDDER 2)
RUDDER
(ELEVATOR 2)
ŏ6HOHFW>97$,/@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQG
access the setup screen shown below
by touching the RTN button.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
RETURN
(OHYDWRUIXQFWLRQ
8SDQGGRZQWUDYHODGMXVWPHQWRI
elevator operation
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
5XGGHUIXQFWLRQ
Left and right travel
D G M X V W P H Q W R I U X G G H U
operation
Setting method
Ɣ7UDYHODGMXVWPHQW
Move the cursor to the item you want to
DGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
the data input mode.
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
Touch the RTN button to return to the cursor
mode.
*If the mixing direction is reversed, adjustments can be made
by changing the mixing rate polarity (+ or -).
*If a large value of travel is specified, when the sticks are
moved at the same time, the controls may bind or run out of
travel. Decrease the travel until no binding occurs.
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
139
AILEVATOR
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU$LOHYDWRU
(Effective only when 2 servos used at the elevators)
This function improves the performance of the roll
axis by operating the elevators as ailerons.
Ailevator is where each elevator in a standard
(conventional) or v-tail moves independently, like
ailerons on a wing. In addition to each elevator side
moving up and down together, each side moves in
opposite directions when moving as an Ailevator. On
a V-tail, this is also known as a Ruddervator, as they
can serve the same purpose. Typically, both Ailevator
and ailerons are coupled together to maximize roll
performance, especially on larger wingspan planes.
ELEVATOR
(AILERON 5)
ELEVATOR 2
(AILERON 6)
1RWH6HOHFW$LOHYDWRUDVWKH0RGHO7\SHDWWKH0RGHO
7\SHVFUHHQ7KLVFKDQJHVWKHRXWSXWFKDQQHO&KHFN
WKH)XQFWLRQPHQX
ŏ 6HOHFW >$,/(9$725@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
RETURN
(OHYDWRUIXQFWLRQ
ŏ 7KH XS DQG GRZQ UDWH RI ERWK
elevators when the elevator stick
is moved can be individually
DGMXVWHG
Setting method
Ɣ7UDYHODGMXVWPHQW
Move the cursor to the item you want to
DGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
the data input mode.
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH(/($,/
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
Touch the RTN button to return to the cursor
mode.
140 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
$LOHURQIXQFWLRQ
ŏ :KHQ WKH HOHYDWRUV DUH XVHG
as ailerons, aileron travel of
the left and right elevators
FDQEHDGMXVWHG
*If the mixing direction is reversed, adjustments can be made
by changing the mixing rate polarity (+ or -).
*If a large value of travel is specified, when the sticks are
moved at the same time, the controls may bind or run out of
travel. Decrease the travel until no binding occurs.
WINGLET
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU)O\LQJZLQJRQO\
This function adjusts the left and right rudder
angles of airplanes with winglets.
Winglets are used to improve the efficiency of
aircraft by lowering the lift-induced drag caused by
wingtip vortices. The winglet is a vertical or angled
extension located at the tip of each wing.
Winglets work by increasing the effective aspect
ratio wing without adding greatly to the structural
stress and hence necessary weight of its structure
- an extension of wing span would also permit
lowering of induced drag, though it would cause
parasitic drag and would require boosting the
strength of the wing and hence its weight. There
would come a point at which no overall useful
gains would be made. A winglet helps to solve this
by effectively increasing the aspect ratio without
adding to the span of the wing.
RUDDER 1
Winglet
(at Flying
wing )
RUDDER 2
Winglet
(at Flying
wing )
ŏ 6HOHFW >:,1*/(7@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
RETURN
Setting method
Ɣ7UDYHODGMXVWPHQW
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
5XGGHU
ŏ7KHWUDYHOGXULQJUXGGHUVWLFNRSHUDWLRQ
FDQEHLQGLYLGXDOO\DGMXVWHG
Move the cursor to the item you want to
DGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
the data input mode.
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
Touch the RTN button to return to the cursor
mode.
*If the mixing direction is reversed, change the mixing rate
polarity (+ or -).
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
141
MOTOR
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO
This function lets you set the speed when the
motor of an F5B or other EP glider is started via
a switch. The operation speed can be set for two
ranges, slow speed flight and high speed flight
(Speed 1/Speed 2). This function can also be
operated as a safety function by programming it to
a switch.
ŏ 7KH ,Q VLGH DQG 2XW VLGH RSHUDWLQJ VSHHGV FDQ
EHDGMXVWHGLQGHSHQGHQWO\LQUDQJHV6SHHG
6SHHG
ŏ7KHERXQGDU\EHWZHHQWKHUDQJHVFDQEHVHW
)URP6SHHGWR6SHHG
ŏ 7KH RSHUDWLRQDO VSHHG FDQ RQO\ EH DFWLYDWHG DW
WKH LQLWLDO RSHUDWLRQ +RZHYHU RSHUDWLRQ FDQ EH
UHSHDWHGE\VHWWLQJWKHVZLWFKWR2))EHIRUHWKH
RSHUDWLRQLVÀQLVKHG:KHQ\RXZDQWWRUHVHWRQH
ŏ 6HOHFW >02725@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.
WLPHRSHUDWLRQVHWWKH$&7,1+LWHPWR>,1+@DQG
WKHQUHVHWLWWR>21@
ŏ7KHPRWRUFKDQQHOLVFRQWUROOHGE\6:**OLGHU
,QLWLDO VHWWLQJ :KHQ FKDQJLQJ WKH VZLWFK RU VWLFN
ZKLFKFRQWUROVWKHPRWRUÀUVWFKDQJH)XQFWLRQRI
the Linkage menu.
ŏ,IWKH0RGHO7\SHVHOHFWHGLV$LUSODQHWKH02725
IXQFWLRQ LV FKDQJHG IURP ,1+ WR 21 DQG LW LV QRW
assigned to another channel, the changes from
the throttle channel to the motor channel are
enabled.
Note: Initial setting does not assign a motor
channel according to the model type. Prior to
DVVLJQLQJWKHPRWRUFKDQQHOÀQGDQXQXVHG
channel. Then, use the Function menu of the
Linkage menu.
Set [Control] to the switch you want to use
and [Trim] to [--].
Note: When using this function, always check
the initial operation with the propeller
removed.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
RETURN
Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
When using this function, move the cursor to
WKH>$&7,1+@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
to switch to the data input mode. Select the
>$&7@E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFK
the RTN button.
:KHQVHOHFWLQJWKH212))VZLWFKPRYHWKH
cursor to the switch item and touch the RTN
button to access the selection screen. Select
WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V
21DWVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
Ɣ0RWRURIISRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02725 2))@ LWHP
and touch the RTN button for one second
ZKHQWKHPRWRUIXQFWLRQVZLWFK6*HWFLV
LQWKHPRWRU2))SRVLWLRQ\RXZDQWWRVHW7KH
direction of the motor switch is memorized.
142 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
7KH VFUHHQ JUDSK GLVSOD\ 2)) GLUHFWLRQ DOVR
changes.
Note:
ŏ)LUVWGHFLGHWKHPRWRU2))GLUHFWLRQDQGWKHQ
set the speed. When you want to reset the
motor OFF direction, also reset the speed.
ŏ :H UHFRPPHQG WKDW 0RWRU 2)) EH VHW LQ
combination with F/S.
ŏ 6HW WKH EDVLF RSHUDWLRQ GLUHFWLRQ ZLWK WKH
Reverse function to match the ESC used.
ŏ$OZD\VVHWWKH0RWRU2))SRVLWLRQ
Ɣ6WDUWVZLWFKIXQFWLRQ
ŏ212))GLUHFWLRQ
ŏ 0RWRU IXQFWLRQ VZLWFK
current position
Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHPRWRUVSHHGIXQFWLRQ
When using motor speed function, move the
FXUVRU WR WKH >,1+@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571
button to switch to the data input mode.
6HOHFWWKH>$&7@E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
and touch the RTN button.
Ɣ6LIWLQJWKHERXQGDU\EHWZHHQWKHUDQJHV
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>63(('!@LWHPDQG
touch the RTN button to switch to the data
input mode.
$GMXVWWKHERXQGDU\SRVLWLRQE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
Touch the RTN button to return to the cursor
mode.
Ɣ2SHUDWLRQVSHHGDGMXVWPHQW
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>,1@RQWRRIIRU>287@
RIIWRRQLWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWR
switch to the data input mode.
$GMXVWWKHRSHUDWLRQVSHHG\RXZDQWWRVHW
by scrolling the touch sensor.
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
:KHQ DFWLYH WKH 67$57 6: DOORZV WKH
PRWRU
VVWDWHWRFKDQJHIURP2))WR217KH
PRWRU LV 21 ZKHQ WKH PDLQ 6: DQG 67$57
6:DUHWXUQHG21VLPXOWDQHRXVO\7KHPRWRU
FKDQJHV WR 2)) RQO\ ZKHQ WKH PDLQ 6: LV
WXUQHGRII,I67$576:LVWXUQHG2))EXWWKH
main SW is still ON, the motor remains ON.
[START SW function example]
When the throttle (motor) stick is assigned as the "START SW",
and the low throttle position of the throttle curve is adjusted, the
motor starts operating with the initial stick movement. The motor
will not cease functionality even if the stick position is returned to
it's lowest setting.
Ɣ7ULPHIIHFWLQYDOLGVHWWLQJLQPRWRU2))
,I RQH RI WKH WULP OHYHUV LV DVVLJQHG WR WKH
Motor function, it is possible to turn the
motor off with the trim lever. To maintain
FRPSDWLELOLW\ DIWHU XSGDWLQJ WKH 76*6
WKHWULPVHWWLQJLVDGMXVWHGWRWKHRQSRVLWLRQ
+RZHYHULWLVVXJJHVWHGWRUHWXUQLWWRWKHRII
position accordingly in the programming of
the transmitter.
*Data Reset will return the trim setting to the off position.
Ɣ6FUHHQDWWKHWLPHRIWKHPRWRU2))VHWWLQJ
:KHQ WKH 02725 2)) VHWWLQJ LV KLJKOLJKWHG
you will note the presence of the small cursor
WKDW LQGLFDWHV WKH 02725 2)) SRVLWLRQ 7R
DGMXVW WKLV 02725 2)) SRVLWLRQ XVH WKH
throttle stick to move the cursor accordingly.
When satisfied with this position, press and
hold the RTN button on the transmitter.
*The larger cursor is used to indicate the output of the motor
FKDQQHO7KLVFXUVRUUHÀHFWVDQ\WKURWWOHFXUYHVDQGPRWRU
mixing which may be active.
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
Touch the RTN button to return to the cursor
mode.
Ɣ6HW5HVHWWKHRQHWLPHRSHUDWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>21(7,0(@LWHPDQG
touch the RTN button to switch to the data
input mode.
6HOHFWWKH>$&7@E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
and touch the RTN button to set the one time
operation.
* When you want to reset one time operation, set the ACT/
INH item to [INH] and then reset it to [ON].
Ɣ7KURWWOHFXUYHEXWWRQ
:KHQ &859( EXWWRQ LV FKRVHQ D WKURWWOH
curve screen opens.
*When a throttle function is assigned to either channel, the
"CURVE" button is not displayed because a throttle curve
does not function as a motor curve.
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
143
RUD to ELE
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJHQHUDO
This function is used when you want to mix
elevator operation with rudder operation. It is used
to correct undesirable tendencies when rudder is
applied in rolling maneuvers such as, knife edge
ÀLJKW
ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ/LQNPL[LQJFDQEHVHW/LQNVWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV
ŏ 6HOHFW >58' WR (/(@ DW WKH 0RGHO
menu and access the setup screen
shown below by touching the RTN
button.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
the RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH21
LVGLVSOD\HG
When selecting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW VHWWLQJ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJDLUSODQH
>&XUYHUDWHVHWWLQJ@
1. Move the cursor to the curve rate setting
LWHPOHIWVLGH\RXZDQWWRDGMXVWDQGWRXFK
the RTN button to switch to the data input
mode.
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
144 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
2. Repeat this procedure for each point.
>0RYLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
1. Move the cursor to the curve point setting
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571
button to switch to the data input mode.
$GMXVWWKHFXUYHSRLQWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
sensor.
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH8SWRLQIURQWRIWKH
DGMRLQLQJSRLQW
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the curve
position is reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
2. Repeat this procedure for each point.
>'HOHWLQJUHWXUQLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
Move the cursor to the curve point setting
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR GHOHWHUHWXUQ DQG WRXFK
the RTN button for one second.
Ɣ/LQNPRGHVHWWLQJ
When selecting the link mixing, move the
FXUVRU WR WKH >/,1.@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571
button to switch to the data input mode.
Select the ON mode by scrolling the touch
sensor.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to set the link mode
and return to the cursor mode.
SNAP ROLL
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJHQHUDO
This function selects the switch and rate
adjustment of ailerons, elevators, and rudder when
a snap roll is performed.
(Example) Setting example for F3A
ŏ0RGH>0DVWHU@
ŏ6DIHW\6:>6*@6DIHW\PHDVXUH
ŏ0DVWHU6:>6+@0DLQVZLWFKIRUH[HFXWLQJ
VQDSUROO
ŏ'LUHFWLRQVZLWFKHV
ŏ )RXU VQDS UROO GLUHFWLRQV FDQ EH VHW 5LJKWXS
ULJKWGRZQOHIWXSOHIWGRZQ
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH:KHQ>0DVWHU@PRGHLVVHOHFWHG
WKH 6QDS 5ROO IXQFWLRQ LV WXUQHG 212)) E\ WKH
PDVWHU VZLWFK ,W LV SRVVLEOH WR VHW WKH GLUHFWLRQ
switch was switched to the direction in which you
ZDQWWRVQDSUROO:KHQ>6LQJOH@PRGHLVVHOHFWHG
the snap roll in each direction can be executed
by means of independent switches and positions.
*The snap roll up side left and right and down side left and right
direction switches are selected here.
5LJKW8S2))>6'@
5LJKW'RZQ2))>6'@
/HIW8S2))>6$@
/HIW'RZQ2))>6$@
ŏ $ VDIHW\ VZLWFK FDQ EH VHW WR SUHYHQW WKH
LQDGYHUWHQW DFWLYDWLRQ RI WKH VQDS UROO )RU
example, the landing gear is lowered, even if
the switch is turned on accidentally the snap roll
would not be executed. The snap roll switch is
DFWLYDWHGRQO\ZKHQWKHVDIHW\VZLWFKLV2))
ŏ6HOHFW>61$352//@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
and return to the Model
menu by touching the
RTN button. Or the
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.
RETURN
Scrolling
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
ŏ 0DVWHUVLQJOH PRGH
selection
ŏ'LUHFWLRQVZLWFKHV
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
145
Setting method
Ɣ0DVWHUVLQJOHPRGHVHOHFWLRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02'(@ LWHP DQG
touch the RTN button to switch to the data
input mode. Select the master or single
mode by scrolling the touch sensor.
*The display blinks.
>0$67(5@0DVWHUPRGH
>6,1*/(@6LQJOHPRGH
Touch the RTN button to select the mode
and return to the cursor mode.
When setting a master switch, move the
FXUVRU WR WKH >0$67(56:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK
the RTN button to access the selection
screen. Select the switch and set its ON
direction.
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
When setting a safety switch, move the
FXUVRUWRWKH>6$)(7<6:@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH
RTN button to access the selection screen.
Select the switch and set its ON direction.
Ɣ'LUHFWLRQVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
Move the cursor to the direction switch item
and touch the RTN button to access the
selection screen. Select the switch and set its
ON direction.
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
Ɣ5DWHDGMXVWPHQW
Move the cursor to the aileron, elevator or
rudder item for each direction and touch the
RTN button to switch to the data input mode.
$GMXVW WKH UDWH LQGHSHQGHQWO\ E\ VFUROOLQJ
the touch sensor.
,QLWLDO YDOXH 'HSHQGHQW XSRQ WKH VQDS UROO
GLUHFWLRQ
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
146 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>
MODEL MENU (HELICOPTER)
This section contains information on the
commands that apply to helicopters only. For
instructions on Airplanes and Sailplanes, refer to
the sections pertaining to those aircraft.
Use the Model Type function in the Linkage
Menu to select the swash type matched to the
respective aircraft.
Also, activate/deactivate flight conditions
according to your model. To do so, access at the
Condition Select screen prior to adjusting the
PRGHO
VSDUDPHWHUV8SWR¿YHFRQGLWLRQVFDQEH
used)
The Dual Rate function and other functions
FRPPRQ WR DOO PRGHO W\SHV KDYH DOUHDG\ EHHQ
GHVFULEHGHOVHZKHUHLQWKLVPDQXDO3OHDVHUHIHUWR
these respective sections for information on how to
do so.
ŏ $FFHVV WKH 0RGHO PHQX VKRZQ EHORZ E\
WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQWZLFHDWWKHKRPH
VFUHHQHWF
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ \RX
ZDQW WR VHW DQG DFFHVV
W K H V H W X S V F U H H Q E \
WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
Model Menu functions (helicopter) list
PIT CURVE:$GMXVWVSLWFKVHWWLQJVLQGLIIHUHQWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
THR CURVE:7KURWWOHFXUYHDQGKRYHULQJWULPDGMXVWPHQWLQGLIIHUHQWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
THR HOLD: Moves the throttle to idle during autorotation
SWASH MIX:&RPSHQVDWHVFRQWUROUHVSRQVHLQGLIIHUHQWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
THROTTLE MIX: Compensates for power loss when cyclic applied
PIT to NEEDLE:$GMXVWVSLWFKUHVSRQVHLQGLIIHUHQWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
PIT to RUD: Compensates torque changes from pitch angle inputs
GYRO: Used to switch gyro sensitivity
GOVERNOR:8VHGWRVZLWFK530RIWKHKHOLFRSWHU¶VKHDG
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
147
PIT CURVE/PIT TRIM
Pitch Curve
This function adjusts the pitch operation curve
for each flight condition to optmize the model's
performance in relationship to the throttle stick position.
ŏ6HOHFW>3,7&859(@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
$VLPSOHFXUYHFDQEHFUHDWHGE\UHGXFLQJWKHQXPEHURI
LQSXWSRLQWVWRWZRRUWKUHHDQGWKHQHQWHULQJWKHVSHFL¿HG
value at the corresponding points.
(Currently selected condition name)
<SensorTouch™>
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏFXUYHUDWH
ŏFXUYHSRLQW
Setting method
ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ
>&XUYHUDWHVHWWLQJ@
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FXUYH UDWH VHWWLQJ
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDO YDOXH 3 3 3 3
3
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV
reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDW WKLV SURFHGXUH IRU HDFK SRLQW DV
GHVLUHG
>0RYLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FXUYH SRLQW VHWWLQJ
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHFXUYHSRLQWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
,QLWLDO YDOXH 3 3 3 3
3
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH8SWRLQIURQWRIWKH
DGMRLQLQJSRLQW
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHFXUYH
position is reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDW WKLV SURFHGXUH IRU HDFK SRLQW DV
GHVLUHG
>'HOHWLQJUHWXUQLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
*The graph display includes the pitch
trim operation.
ŏ3LWFKFXUYHFRS\
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FXUYH SRLQW VHWWLQJ
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR GHOHWHUHWXUQ DQG WRXFK
WKH571EXWWRQIRURQHVHFRQG
Ɣ3LWFKFXUYHFRS\IXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR&23<DQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH
6HOHFW WKH FRS\ GHVWLQDWLRQ FRQGLWLRQ E\
VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQ 6HOHFW WKH ><(6@ DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQ
Normal curve adjustment
)RU QRUPDO FXUYH FUHDWH D EDVLF SLWFK FXUYH FHQWHUHG
DERXWKRYHULQJ8VHWKLVIXQFWLRQWRJHWKHUZLWKWKH7+5
Curve (Normal) function and adjust the curve so that up/
GRZQFRQWUROLVEHVWDWDFRQVWDQWHQJLQHVSHHG
Idle up curve adjustment
*For the high side pitch curve, set the maximum pitch
so that it does not overload the engine. For the low side
pitch curve, create curves matched to loop, roll, 3D, and
other purposes and use the idle up curves according to the
performance.
Throttle hold curve adjustment
*The throttle hold curve is used when executing auto
rotations.
Operation precautions
Warning
When actually starting the engine and flying,
always set the idle up condition switch to OFF
and start the engine at idle.
148 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
Curve setting examples
7KHVFUHHQVVKRZQEHORZDUHFXUYHVFUHDWHGE\
entering the pitch rate at low, center, and high side (3
points or 5 points) at each condition.
When actually creating a curve, input the rate
VSHFL¿HGE\WKHPRGHORUWKHUHIHUHQFHYDOXH
Ɣ3LWFK Curve ([ample
Normal Curve
Idle-up 1 Curve
Idle-up 2 Curve
Hold Curve
Pitch Trim (Hovering pitch, high pitch, low pitch)
>+RYHULQJSLWFKWULPVHWWLQJ@
Hovering pitch trim
Setting method
7KH+RYHULQJ3LWFKWULPIXQFWLRQWULPVWKHSLWFK
near the hovering point. Normally, it is used with
WKHKRYHULQJFRQGLWLRQ7KHKRYHULQJSLWFKFDQEH
¿QHWXQHGIRUFKDQJHVLQURWRUVSHHGDFFRPSDQ\LQJ
FKDQJHVLQWHPSHUDWXUHKXPLGLW\DQGRWKHUÀLJKW
conditions. Adjust the hovering pitch so that
URWRUVSHHGLVFRQVWDQW7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQEHXVHG
WRJHWKHUZLWKWKH+RYHULQJ7KURWWOH7ULPIXQFWLRQ
for more precise operation.
ŏ6HWWKHIXQFWLRQWR$&7>21@LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQRE
6HOHFWLRQH[DPSOH/'LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ 7KH WULP RSHUDWLRQ PRGH 0RGH &750
1250FDQEHVHOHFWHG
CTRM mode: 0D[LPXP DPRXQW RI FKDQJH
Q H D U F H Q W H U E \ F H Q W H U W U L P R S H U D W L R Q
UHFRPPHQGHG
N O R M m o d e : 1 R U P D O W U L P S D U D O O H O
PRYHPHQW WULP RSHUDWLRQ 7KH DGYDQWDJH
RIXVLQJWKLVPRGHLVWKDWWKHKRYHULQJSLWFK
FDQ EH DGMXVWHG ZLWKRXW FKDQJLQJ WKH
FXUYH
ŏ 7KH WULP UDWH FDQ EH DGMXVWHG DQG WKH
RSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHG
ŏ7ULPDGMXVWPHQWUDQJH5DQJHVHWWLQJ
:KHQWKLVYDOXHLVPDGHVPDOOWULPFDQRQO\
EHXVHGQHDUWKHFHQWHU
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
149
>/RZ+LJKSLWFKWULPVHWWLQJ@
High Pitch/Low Pitch Trim
Setting method
+LJK 3LWFK/RZ 3LWFK7ULP LV WKH SLWFK VHUYR
high side and low side trim function.
ŏ6HWWKHIXQFWLRQWR$&721
ŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQREV
6HOHFWLRQ H[DPSOH /6 KLJK VLGH 56 ORZ
VLGH
ŏ 7KH WULP UDWH FDQ EH DGMXVWHG DQG WKH
RSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHG
ŏ7ULPDFWVDVKLJKVLGHRUORZVLGHWULPZLWKWKH
FHQWHUDVWKHVWDQGDUG
150 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
THR CURVE/THROTTLE HOVER TRIM
Throttle Curve
Throttle curve function adjusts the throttle
operation curve for each condition to optimize the
engine speed to throttle stick movement.
7KH7KURWWOH +RYHU IXQFWLRQ WULPV WKH WKURWWOH
near the hovering point. Normally, use it with
hovering conditions. Changes in rotor speed
ŏ6HOHFW>7+5&859(@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQG
DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\
WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
accompanying changes in the temperature,
KXPLGLW\ DQG RWKHU IOLJKW FRQGLWLRQV FDQ EH
trimmed. Adjust the throttle so that rotor rotation is
PRVWVWDEOH0RUHSUHFLVHWULPPLQJLVDOVRSRVVLEOH
E\XVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQDORQJZLWKWKH+RYHU3LWFK
function.
(Currently selected condition name)
*The graph display includes the throttle
hover trim operation.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏFXUYHUDWH
ŏFXUYHSRLQW
Setting method
ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ
>&XUYHUDWHVHWWLQJ@
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FXUYH UDWH VHWWLQJ
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH3333
3
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDW WKLV SURFHGXUH IRU HDFK SRLQW DV
GHVLUHG
>0RYLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FXUYH SRLQW VHWWLQJ
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHFXUYHSRLQWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
,QLWLDO YDOXH 3 3 3 3
3
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH8SWRLQIURQWRIWKH
DGMRLQLQJSRLQW
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHFXUYH
position is reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKSRLQWDVGHVLUHG
ŏ7KURWWOHFXUYHFRS\
>'HOHWLQJUHWXUQLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FXUYH SRLQW VHWWLQJ
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR GHOHWHUHWXUQ DQG WRXFK
WKH571EXWWRQIRURQHVHFRQG
Ɣ7KURWWOHFXUYHFRS\IXQFWLRQ
0RYH WKH &23< LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH
6HOHFW WKH FRS\ GHVWLQDWLRQ FRQGLWLRQ E\
VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQ 6HOHFW WKH ><(6@ DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQ
Normal curve adjustment
1RUPDO FXUYH FUHDWHV D EDVLF FXUYH FHQWHUHG DURXQG
hovering. Use it along with the normal pitch curve and
adjust so that up/down control results in a constant engine
speed.
Idle up curve adjustment
*Set a idle up curve that maintains a constant speed at all
times, even during operation which reduces the pitch
SHUIRUPHGLQÀLJKW&UHDWHDFXUYHPDWFKHGWRORRSUROO
3D, or other purposes and the idle up curve according to
the performance.
Operation precautions
Warning
When actually starting the engine and flying,
always set the idle up condition switch to OFF
and start the engine at the idle.
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
151
Curve setting examples
7KHFXUYHVVKRZQEHORZDUHFUHDWHGE\LQSXWWLQJ
the data of the 5 points 0% (low side), 25%,
50% (center), 75%, 100% (high) side for each
condition. When actually creating a curve, enter the
SDUDPHWHUVVSHFL¿HGSHUWKHPRGHORUWKHUHIHUHQFH
value).
Ɣ7KroWWle Curve ([ample
Normal Curve
Idle-up 1 Curve
Idle-up 2 Curve
Throttle Hover trim
>7KURWWOHKRYHUWULPVHWWLQJ@
Setting method
ŏ6HWWKHIXQFWLRQWR$&7>21@LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQRE
6HOHFWLRQH[DPSOH5'LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ 7KH WULP RSHUDWLRQ PRGH 0RGH &750
1250FDQEHVHOHFWHG
CTRM mode: 0D[LPXP UDWH RI FKDQJH
Q H D U F H Q W H U E \ F H Q W H U W U L P R S H U D W L R Q
UHFRPPHQGHG
N O R M m o d e : 1 R U P D O W U L P K R U L ] R Q W D O
PRYHPHQWWULPRSHUDWLRQ
ŏ 7KH WULP UDWH FDQ EH DGMXVWHG DQG WKH
RSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQFDQEHVHW
ŏ7ULPDGMXVWPHQWUDQJH5DQJHVHWWLQJ
:LWK VPDOOHU YDOXHV WKH WULP LV RQO\ DFWLYH
QHDUWKHFHQWHU
152 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
Throttle limiter function
This function limits the high range of the throttle
PRYHPHQWE\DQ\VOLGHURUWULPPHU
>7KURWWOHOLPLWHUVHWWLQJ@
&RQWUROZKLFKDGMXVWVWKHOLPLWSRLQWGXULQJÀLJKWFDQEHVHW
‡+LJKVLGHRSHUDWLQJUDQJHVHWWLQJ
Setting method
*Set at the 3rd page of the throttle curve screen.
‡$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
6HOHFW$&7DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
6ZLWFK WKH GLVSOD\ WR $&7 E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
WRXFKVHQVRU
7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV
,1+,QKLELW
$&7$FWLYDWH
(QWHU WKH VHOHFWLRQ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571
EXWWRQ
‡212))VZLWFKVHWWLQJ
6HOHFW6:DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
7KH +: 6(7 VFUHHQ LV GLVSOD\HG 6HOHFW WKH
KDUGZDUHDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
When "CTRL" is set as a "RS" side slider.
The state of full high of a throttle stick.
HIGH
6%
Throttle
Position
Restriction
RS Position
Full
LOW
Restriction
Full
Slow
Restriction
In "INH", the halfway
point of "HIGH" and
"LOW".
*A gauge is displayed at the left side of the graph.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHFXUVRU
PRGH
‡/RZVLGHRSHUDWLQJUDQJHVHWWLQJ
6HOHFW/2:DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
$GMXVW WKH ORZ VLGH RSHUDWLQJ UDQJH E\
VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
*A gauge is displayed at the left side of the graph.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHFXUVRU
PRGH
‡/LPLWHURSHUDWLQJUDQJHDGMXVWPHQWFRQWURO
setting
6HOHFW&75/DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
7KH +: 6(7 VFUHHQ LV GLVSOD\HG 6HOHFW WKH
KDUGZDUHDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
7KH WKURWWOH OLPLWHU RSHUDWLQJ SRVLWLRQ LV LQGLFDWHG E\ D
dotted line on the graph.
*When limiter operating range adjustment control is NULL,
the throttle limiter function is not performed.
Slow
CENTER
6HOHFW+,*+DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
$GMXVW WKH KLJK VLGH RSHUDWLQJ UDQJH E\
VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
Full
‡&KDQJLQJWKHFRQWUROFHQWHUSRVLWLRQ
6HOHFW&(17(5DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQG&(17(5FKDQJHVIURP,1+WR´UDWH
GLVSOD\µ
:KHQ WKH &(17(5 UDWH LV FKDQJHG WKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQRIWKHKDUGZDUHVHWDW&75/
FDQEHDGMXVWHG
:KHQ&(17(5LV,1+WKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQEHFRPHVWKH
LOW intermediate value.
Slow
:KHQ&(17(5LVFKDQJHGIURP,1+WR³UDWHGLVSOD\´WKH
CENTER rate is set to the LOW intermediate value.
7KH&(17(5UDWHFDQEHVHWEHWZHHQ+,*+DQG/2:
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
153
THR HOLD
This function sets the throttle cut position for
auto rotation. The throttle servo operating speed
FDQEHDGMXVWHG6SHHG
Note: Initially, this setting does not assign the
throttle hold switch. Prior to adjusting the
parameters for the throttle hold, we suggest
designating a throttle hold switch. To do so,
access the Condition menu within the Model
menu options.
ŏ6HOHFW>7+5+2/'@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX
DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ
EHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
RETURN
ŏ6HUYRVSHHG
ŏ+ROGSRVLWLRQ
ŏ&XUUHQWSRVLWLRQ
ŏ+ROGSRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ
Setting method
Ɣ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
Ɣ+ROGFRQGLWLRQVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHVHUYRVSHHGLWHPDQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaPD[LPXPGHOD\
8VHWKH&RQGLWLRQVHOHFWPHQXRIWKH0RGHO
PHQXWRDVVLJQWKHKROGFRQGLWLRQVZLWFK
6HOHFWLRQH[DPSOH6*
Ɣ+ROGSRVLWLRQDGMXVWPHQW
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH KROG SRVLWLRQ LWHP
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
+ROGSRVLWLRQVHWVWKHWKURWWOHFXWSRVLWLRQ$GMXVWLWVRWKDW
WKHFDUEXUHWRULVFRPSOHWHO\FORVHG
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRU
PRGH
Operation precautions
Warning
When actually starting the engine and flying,
always set the idle up condition switch to OFF
and start the engine at idle.
154 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
SWASH MIX
Example of use
The swash mix function is used to correct the
swash plate in the aileron (roll) direction and
elevator (cyclic pitch) corresponding to each
operation of each condition.
This function allows the independent rate
adjustments for the ailerons, elevator and pitch.
ŏ6HOHFW>6:$6+0,;@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX
DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ
EHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
ŏ$VDQH[DPSOHXVHVZDVKPL[LQJWRFRUUHFW
XQGHVLUDEOHUROOWHQGHQFLHV
ŏ)RUDFRQGLWLRQZKLFKXVHV$,/WR(/(VHWWKLV
IXQFWLRQWR21
,IWKHIURQWRIWKHKHOLFRSWHUUDLVHVGXULQJD
ULJKWUROOZKHQWKH5DWHVLGHLVLQSXWDQG
WKH ULJKW DLOHURQ LV RSHUDWHG WKH HOHYDWRU
PRYHVWRWKHGRZQVLGH7XQHE\DGMXVWLQJ
WKH5DWH
)RUOHIWUROODGMXVWWRWKH5DWHVLGH
(Currently selected condition name)
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ&RQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQ
Setting method
Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW
0L L
W GM
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHPL[LQJUDWHLWHP\RX
ZDQW WR FRUUHFW DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKH
UDWH LQGHSHQGHQWO\ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRDFWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU PRGH 21 LV
GLVSOD\HG
>6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ@
:KHQ>>@@LVVHWWKHVZDVKPL[LQJIXQFWLRQ
LV DOZD\V DFWLYH DQG RSHUDWHG E\ PHUHO\
VHOHFWLQJWKHFRQGLWLRQ
:KHQVHWWLQJDQ>21@>2))@VZLWFKPRYHWKH
FXUVRU WR WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQ WR DFFHVV WKH VHOHFWLRQ VFUHHQ 6HW
WKHVZLWFKDQGLWV21SRVLWLRQ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
GHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV
reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
Ɣ7ULPPRGH212))VHWWLQJ
:KHQ FKDQJLQJ WKH WULP PRGH PRYH WKH
FXUVRUWRWKH>75,0@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW212))E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WKH WULP
PRGH 212)) DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU
PRGH
*When mixing includes master side trim, select [ON] and
when mixing does not include master trim, select [OFF].
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
155
THROTTLE MIX
This function corrects slowing of engine speed
FDXVHG E\ VZDVK SODWH RSHUDWLRQ GXULQJ DLOHURQ
or elevator operation. The method of applying
clockwise or counterclockwise torque when
SLURXHWWLQJFDQDOVREHFRUUHFWHG
ŏ 6HOHFW >7+5277/( 0,;@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX DQG
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ
Setting example
ŏ $,/ WR 7+5 PL[LQJ FRXQWHUDFWV WKH ODJ LQ
HQJLQH530
VZKHQDQDLOHURQLQSXWLVJLYHQ
WR WKH KHOLFRSWHU (QJLQH RYHUVSHHGLQJ
FDQ EH DGMXVWHG LQGHSHQGHQWO\ IRU WKH
ULJKWDLOHURQDQGOHIWDLOHURQLQSXWVXWLOL]LQJ
5DWHVDQG
(Currently selected condition name)
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ&RQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQ
Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ
:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRDFWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU PRGH 21 LV
GLVSOD\HG
>6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ@
:KHQ>>@@LVVHWWKHVZDVKPL[LQJIXQFWLRQ
LV DOZD\V DFWLYH DQG RSHUDWHG E\ PHUHO\
VHOHFWLQJWKHFRQGLWLRQ
:KHQVHWWLQJDQ>21@>2))@VZLWFKPRYHWKH
FXUVRU WR WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQ WR FDOO WKH VHOHFWLRQ VFUHHQ 6HW WKH
VZLWFKDQGLWV21SRVLWLRQ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
GHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
UDWH LQGHSHQGHQWO\ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
Ɣ2SHUDWLRQPRGHVHWWLQJ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02'(@ LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH RSHUDWLRQ PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
WRXFKVHQVRU
7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV
&750PRGH:&RUUHFWVQHDUWKHFHQWHURQO\
/,1PRGH&RUUHFWVWKHFRPSOHWHUDQJH
7 R X F K W K H 5 7 1 E X W W R Q W R F K D Q J H W K H
RSHUDWLRQ PRGH DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU
PRGH
Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHPL[LQJUDWHLWHP\RX
ZDQW WR FRUUHFW DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKH
156 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
PIT to RUD mixing (Revolution mixing)
Use this mix when you want to suppress the
UHDFWLRQWRUTXHJHQHUDWHGE\PDLQURWRUSLWFKDQG
speed changes during pitch operation. Adjust so
that the nose does not move in the rudder direction.
Note: When a GY Series or other heading hold
gyro is used, since correction is performed by
the gyro, this mix is not utilized. If this function
is used when the gyro operation mode is the
AVCS mode, the neutral position will change.
ŏ6HOHFW>3,7WR58'@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGDFFHVV
(Currently selected condition name)
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
Setting method
<Normal condition mixing curve>
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ
:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRDFWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU PRGH 21 LV
GLVSOD\HG
ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FXUYH UDWH VHWWLQJ
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH3a3
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV
reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKSRLQW
Ɣ3LWFKFXUYHFRS\IXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR&23<LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH FRS\ GHVWLQDWLRQ FRQGLWLRQ E\
VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQ 6HOHFW WKH ><(6@ DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQ
7KH PL[LQJ FXUYH UDWH VKRXOG EH VWDUWHG
XVLQJVPDOOHUYDOXHV
)RU D URWRU ZLWK D FORFNZLVH RSHUDWLRQ
GLUHFWLRQZKHQSLWFKZDVLQSXWDWWKHSOXV
VLGH VHW WKHVH SDUDPHWHUV VR WKDW PL[LQJ
LV LQ WKH FORFNZLVH GLUHFWLRQ )LUVW WULP DW
KRYHULQJ DQG WKHQ DGMXVW WKH QHXWUDO
SRVLWLRQ
$GMXVWPHQWEHWZHHQVORZDQGKRYHULQJ
5HSHDWHGO\ KRYHU IURP WDNH RII DQG ODQG
DW D FRQVWDQW UDWH PDWFKHG WR \RXU RZQ
UK\WKP 7KHQ DGMXVW WKH SLWFK VR WKDW WKH
QRVH RI WKH KHOLFRSWHU UHPDLQV VWHDG\
ZKHQWKHWKURWWOHLVUDLVHGDQGORZHUHG
7KURWWOHKLJKVLGHFOLPELQJDQGGLYLQJIURP
KRYHULQJ
5HSHDW FOLPELQJ DQG GLYLQJ IURP KRYHULQJ
DW D FRQVWDQW UDWH PDWFKHG WR \RXU RZQ
UK\WKPDQGDGMXVWWKHSLWFKVRWKDWWKHQRVH
GRHV QRW GHIOHFW ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOH LV UDLVHG
DQGORZHUHG
<Idle up condition mixing curve>
6HW WKH PL[LQJ UDWH VR WKDW WKH UXGGHU GLUHFWLRQ
DWKLJKVSHHGÁLJKWLVVWUDLJKWDKHDG$GMXVWIRU
HDFKFRQGLWLRQXVHG
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
157
GYRO mixing
This function used to adjust gyro sensitivity.
The sensitivity and operation mode (Normal mode/
$9&6PRGHFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ
7KHJ\URVHQVLWLYLW\FDQEHVZLWFKHGZLWKHDFK
condition or the switch. (5 sensitivities)
&RPSDWLEOHZLWKD[LVJ\UR&*<
Note: When using the [Gyro2]/[Gyro3] function,
assign [Gyro2]/[Gyro3] to any channel on the
function screen.
Always set to [--] both (Control) and (Trim) for
the [Gyro] function at the Function menu in
the Linkage menu.
ŏ6HOHFW>*<52@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGDFFHVVWKH
VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571
EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ7KHHGLWFRQGLWLRQVFDQEH
FKDQJHGE\WRXFKLQJWKH
6EXWWRQ
ŏ7KHHGLWUDWHFDQEHFKDQJHGE\RSHUDWLQJ
WKHHGLWUDWHEXWWRQ
*When the rate switching setting of all the gyros is
³&21'´WKHHGLWUDWHEXWWRQLVQRWGLVSOD\HG
*When the rate switching setting of
DOOWKHJ\URVLV³6ZLWFK´WKHHGLW
conditions are not displayed.
ŏ:KHQWKH*<52IXQFWLRQEXWWRQLVVHOHFWHG
HDFK *<52 GHWDLOHG VHWWLQJ VFUHHQ
DSSHDUV
ŏ6HWXSVFUHHQVHOHFWLRQ
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ&RQGLWLRQ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
ŏ*\URW\SHVHOHFWLRQ
>*<@>1250@
ŏ21LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ0RGHVHOHFWLRQ
ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJV >$9&6@>1250@
ŏ*\URVHQVLWLYLW\DGMXVWPHQW
158 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
Setting method
(;$03/(!5XGGHUJ\URJDLQLVFKDQJHGZLWK
DVZLWFK6)LUUHVSHFWLYHRIFRQGLWLRQ
Ɣ*\URW\SHVHOHFWLRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH J\UR W\SH VHOHFWLRQ
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH 6HOHFW WKH J\UR W\SH
E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
>*<@:KHQD)XWDED*<J\URLVXVHG
>1250@:KHQRWKHUWKDQ)XWDED*<J\URLV
XVHG
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WKH J\UR
W\SHDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
*HQHUDOO\ JDLQ LV LQWHUORFNHG ZLWK FRQGLWLRQ
DQGFKDQJHVDUDWH
+ R Z W R F K D Q J H W Z R U D W H V L Q W K H V D P H
FRQGLWLRQKHUH
6HOHFW >*<52@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX DQG
DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\
WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
:KHQD)XWDED*<J\URLVXVHGDQG>*<@W\SHLVVHOHFWHG
WKHVHQVLWLYLW\VHWYDOXHLVGLUHFWO\UHDGLQERWKWKH$9&6
and NORM modes.
Ɣ2SHUDWLRQPRGHVHOHFWLRQ*<J\UR
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH RSHUDWLRQ PRGH
VHOHFWLRQ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ
WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH 6HOHFW
WKH RSHUDWLRQ PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
>$9&6@$9&6PRGH
>1250@1RUPDOPRGH
7 R X F K W K H 5 7 1 E X W W R Q W R F K D Q J H W K H
RSHUDWLRQ PRGH DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU
PRGH
Ɣ6HQVLWLYLW\VHWWLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHUDWHLWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
$GMXVW WKH VHQVLWLYLW\ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >&21'@ LWHP
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFFHVV WKH
VHOHFWLRQVFUHHQ6HOHFWWKH>6:@7RXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
QXPEHUVKRZVWKHSUHVHQWVZLWFKVWDWH,Q
WKHVWDWHRIDFXUVRULVPRYHGWR>@DQG
571LVSXVKHG
>6)@LVFKRVHQE\>+:6(/(&7@DQGWKHQD
WRSLVWXUQHG21
:KHQ WKH 571 EXWWRQ LV WRXFKHG IRU RQH VHFRQG WKH
sensitivity is reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRU
PRGH
Ɣ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJV
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >@ LWHP DQG WRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFFHVV WKH VHOHFWLRQ
VFUHHQ6HOHFWWKHFRQWURO
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
GHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHUDWHLWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
$GMXVW WKH WULP UDWH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
:KHQ WKH 571 EXWWRQ LV WRXFKHG IRU RQH VHFRQG WKH
sensitivity is reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRU
PRGH
>7<3( *<@ DQG >5$7(@ RI D VWDWH RI 6)
WRSDUHVHWXS
SF : Top = #1
● 7KHQXPEHU
RID6:VWDWH
,WLVDVHWXSRI0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
>@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
DFFHVVWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQ6HOHFWWKH>@
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRU
PRGH
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
159
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>@LWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH571EXWWRQ
>6)@LVFKRVHQE\>+:6(/(&7@DQGWKHQD
ERWWRPLVWXUQHG21WKH571EXWWRQ
>7<3( *<@ DQG >5$7(@ RI D VWDWH RI 6)
ERWWRPDUHVHWXS
SF : Bottom = #2
● 7KHQXPEHU
RID6:VWDWH
,ISRVLWLRQVZLWFKLVFKRVHQWKHFKDQJHRIUDWHVFDQEH
performed.
&RPELQHGXVHRIWZRRUPRUHVZLWFKHVFDQQRWEHSHUIRUPHG
160 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
GOVERNOR mixing
:KHQ XVLQJ D )XWDED *9*<&*<
JRYHUQRUWKLVIXQFWLRQLVXVHGWRVZLWFKWKH530
of the helicopter's rotor head. The rotor head speed
FDQEHVZLWFKHGZLWKHDFKFRQGLWLRQRUWKHVZLWFK
7KH JRYHUQRU LV XVHG E\ FRQQHFWLQJ WKH JRYHUQRU VSHHG
VHWWLQJFKDQQHOWR&+LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
*When using an independent governor [ON]/[OFF] switch,
connect the AUX([ON]/[OFF]) connector of the governor to
&+DQGVHWWKHVZLWFKWR&+*RYHUQRUDWWKH)XQFWLRQ
menu of the Linkage Menu.
Note: Always set (Control) and (Trim) to [--]
for [Governor] of the Function menu of the
Linkage menu.
ŏ6HOHFW>*29(5125@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571
EXWWRQ
ŏ6HWXSVFUHHQVHOHFWLRQ
ŏ&RQGLWLRQ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ$&7,1+,1+LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q L V
SXVKHG
ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
RETURN
ŏ8QLWGLVSOD\VHOHFWLRQ
>@>USP@
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJV
ŏ530DGMXVWPHQW
Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ
:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH >,1+@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRDFWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU PRGH 21 LV
GLVSOD\HG
:KHQ WKH *RYHUQRU LV FKDQJHG IURP WKH
GHIDXOW LQKLELWHG ,1+ VWDWH WR WKH DFWLYH
$&7 VWDWH WKH HQGSRLQW PHQX ZLOO EH
GLVSOD\HG DQG LW LV SRVVLEOH WR XWLOL]H WKH
HQGSRLQWVIRUWKLVJLYHQFRQGLWLRQ
8VH WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK WR VFUROO WR HLWKHU <(6
LQFRUSRUDWH WKH GHIDXOW HQGSRLQWV RU 12
HQGSRLQWVDUHQRWXWLOL]HG3UHVVWKH5HWXUQ
571EXWWRQWRFRQÀUPWKHVHOHFWLRQPDGH
Ɣ530DGMXVWPHQW
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHUDWHLWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
$GMXVWWKHUSPE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP
$ G M X V W P H Q W U D Q J H 2 ) ) a 2 ) ) aUSP
:KHQ WKH 571 EXWWRQ LV WRXFKHG IRU RQH VHFRQG WKH
sensitivity is reset to the initial value.)
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRU
PRGH
*When the function is set ON/OFF at the governor setup
screen, the governor rpm setting channel end point servo
travel and limit point are now initialized.
:KHQFKDQJHGIURP,1+WR$&721WKHVHUYRWUDYHOLV
initialized to 100 and the limit point is initialized to 155.
:KHQ RSHUDWLRQ LV FKDQJHG WR ,1+ DW DOO FRQGLWLRQV WKH
servo travel is initialized to 100 and the limit point is
initialized to 135.
Ɣ8QLWGLSOD\VHOHFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH81,7LWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH6HOHFWWKHXQLWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7 R X F K W K H 5 7 1 E X W W R Q W R F K D Q J H W K H
RSHUDWLRQ PRGH DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU
PRGH
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
161
Ɣ'LSOD\PRGHVHOHFWLRQ
:KHQ >USP@ PRGH LV VHOHFWHG DERYH VHWWLQJ WKH GLVSOD\
PRGHFDQEHVHOHFWHG
* There is no change in the transmitter output even when the
02'(LVFKDQJHG&DOLEUDWLRQVKRXOGEHSHUIRUPHGYLD
the governor.
,QRUGHUWRXVHWKH*RYHUQRUIXQFWLRQRIWKH76*LWLV
necessary to change the settings on the governor for the low
side 700 rpm mode.
:KHQ WKH 02'( RI WKH *RYHUQRU VFUHHQ
V
PRGHOPHQXLVFKDQJHGWKHFKDQJHLVDOVR
LQGLFDWHGRQVFUHHQ
The chart below indicates the mode percentage and
the corresponding RPM.
MODE
0%
50%
1000-2000rpm
1000-2500rpm
1000-3500rpm
700-2000rpm
700-2500rpm
700-3500rpm
1000rpm
1000rpm
1000rpm
700rpm
700rpm
700rpm
1500rpm
1500rpm
1500rpm
1500rpm
1500rpm
1500rpm
<EXAMPLE>RPM rate is changed with a
VZLWFK6)LUUHVSHFWLYHRIFRQGLWLRQ
*HQHUDOO\ 530 UDWH LV LQWHUORFNHG ZLWK
FRQGLWLRQDQGFKDQJHVDUDWH
+ R Z W R F K D Q J H W Z R U D W H V L Q W K H V D P H
FRQGLWLRQKHUH
6HOHFW >*29(5125@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX
DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
E\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >&21'@ LWHP
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFFHVV WKH
VHOHFWLRQVFUHHQ6HOHFWWKH>6:@7RXFKWKH
571 EXWWRQ WR UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU PRGH
$QG>,1+@LVVHWWR>$&7@
100% 110%
2000rpm
2500rpm
3500rpm
2000rpm
2500rpm
3500rpm
2100rpm
2700rpm
3900rpm
2100rpm
2700rpm
3900rpm
QXPEHUVKRZVWKHSUHVHQWVZLWFKVWDWH,Q
WKHVWDWHRIDFXUVRULVPRYHGWR>@DQG
571LVSXVKHG
Ɣ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJV
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >@ LWHP DQG WRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFFHVV WKH VHOHFWLRQ
VFUHHQ6HOHFWWKHFRQWURO
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
GHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHUDWHLWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
$GMXVW WKH WULP UDWH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaaUSP
:KHQ WKH 571 EXWWRQ LV WRXFKHG IRU RQH VHFRQG WKH
sensitivity is reset to the initial value.)
>6)@LVFKRVHQE\>+:6(/(&7@DQGWKHQD
WRSLVWXUQHG21
>02'(@ DQG >5$7(@ RI D VWDWH RI 6)
WRSDUHVHWXS
SF : Top = #1 ● 7KHQXPEHU
RID6:VWDWH
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRU
PRGH
,W LV D VHWXS RI 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR
WKH >@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ
WR DFFHVV WKH VHOHFWLRQ VFUHHQ 6HOHFW WKH
>@7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKH
FXUVRUPRGH$QG>,1+@LVVHWWR>$&7@
162 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>@LWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH571EXWWRQ
>6)@LVFKRVHQE\>+:6(/(&7@DQGWKHQD
ERWWRPLVWXUQHG21WKH571EXWWRQ
>02'(@ DQG >5$7(@ RI D VWDWH RI 6)
ERWWRPDUHVHWXS
SF : Bottom = #2
● 7KHQXPEHU
RID6:VWDWH
,I SRVLWLRQ VZLWFK LV FKRVHQ UDWH FKDQJHV FDQ EH
performed.
&RPELQHGXVHRIWZRRUPRUHVZLWFKHVFDQQRWEHSHUIRUPHG
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
163
7LPHUVHWWLQJ
TIMER ST1/ST2
The Timer function may be set for any desired
time, i.e. engine run time, specified times for
competitions, etc. Two independent timers are
provided for your use. The timers are stored
independently with each model, meaning that
when you switch between model setups, the timer
associated with the new model is brought up
automatically.
The timers may be set to start and stop from the
motion of any switch or stick. You may set the ON and
OFF directions freely. Each timer has a capacity of up
to 59 minutes 59 seconds.
Each timer may be set for count-down (DOWN
mode) or count up (UP mode) operation with a
target time or for count up to 99 hours 59 minutes
(HOUR mode).
If a target time is set and the timer reaches the set
time, a buzzer sound for each count is generated.
Countdown timers sound one short beep during
the last twenty seconds and two short beeps during
the last ten seconds before reaching the target, then
a long tone at the target time, and continue counting
with displaying a minus (-) sign. Count-up timers
also beep the last twenty and ten seconds, beep the
target time, and keep counting upwards until shut
down.
A mode which sounds an alarm each minute of
the time remaining up to the timer alarm time can
be selected.
The HOUR mode is convenient when used in
engine maintenance period and other long-term
measurements.
* When the HOUR mode is set, "xx (hour): xx (minute)"
is displayed on the count time display. Seconds are not
displayed.
* When the HOUR mode is set, ":" blinks each second during
timer operation.
* When the HOUR mode is set, the alarm function is
inhibited.
ŏ6HOHFW 67 RU 67 DW WKH KRPH VFUHHQ DQG
FDOO WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\
WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH KRPH
VFUHHQ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTNEXWWRQ 2UD HOME/
EXIT EXWWRQLVSXVKHG
RETURN
"Vibes" type
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
TYPE 4
164 <Appendix>
6FUROOLQJ
ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
Timer setting
7LPHURSHUDWLRQ
Ɣ8SWLPHUGRZQWLPHUVHWWLQJ
ŏ 7LPHU 67 DQG 67 DUH VWDUWHGVWRSSHG E\
SUHVHOHFWHGVWDUWVWRSVZLWFK
ŏ 7R UHVHW D WLPHU RSHUDWH WKH SUHVHOHFWHG
UHVHWVZLWFKRUPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5(6(7@
GLVSOD\ RQ WKH WLPHU VFUHHQ DQG WRXFK WKH
571EXWWRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02'(@ LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKHPRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
>83@8SWLPHU
>'2:1@'RZQWLPHU
>+285@+RXUPRGHWLPHU
Ɣ7LPHUWLPHVHWWLQJ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >$/$50@ LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HWWKHWLPHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
>@>@>PLQ@>VHF@
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
Ɣ6ZLWFKVHWWLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHLWHPRIWKHVZLWFK\RX
ZDQWWRVHWDFFHVVWKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQ
E\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ6HOHFWWKHVZLWFK
DQG21GLUHFWLRQ
[For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch
Setting Method] located on the next page.]
>67$57@6WDUWVZLWFK
>6723@6WRSVZLWFK
>5(6(7@5HVHWVZLWFK
Ɣ0HPRU\VHWWLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>0(025<@LWHPDQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKHPRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
>2))@0HPRU\IXQFWLRQ2))
>21@0RGHZKHUHWKHWLPHULVQRWUHVHWZKHQ
WXUQHGSRZHURIIDQGVZLWFKHGWKHPRGHO
Ɣ$PRGHZKLFKVRXQGVDQDODUPHDFKPLQXWH
FDQEHVHOHFWHG
&KDQJHWKHVHWWLQJXVLQJWKHÇEXWWRQRU
ÈEXWWRQ
Ç $ODUP VRXQGV HDFK PLQXWH RI WKH WLPH
HODSVHG IURP WLPHU VWDUW &RQYHQWLRQDO
PRGH
È $ODUP VRXQGV HDFK PLQXWH RI WKH WLPH
UHPDLQLQJXSWRWKHDODUPWLPH
<Appendix>
165
6ZLWFK6HWWLQJ0HWKRG
The various functions used in the T14SG can
be activated by a switch. For the purposes of this
manual, a stick position, VR position, etc. shall be
commonly referred to as a switch in all cases. That
is, whenever the manual indicates that something is
operated via a switch, it is possible for the user to
activate this setting via a stick, stick position, etc.
6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
When a switch is selected at a mixing function, etc., the selection screen shown below is called.
6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQH[DPSOH
6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
:KHQVWLFNWULPOHYHURUNQREVHOHFWHG
8VH WKH WRXFK VHQVRU WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU
KLJKOLJKWV WR WKH VZLWFK \RX ZDQW WR
VHOHFWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
When a stick, trim lever, or knob is used as a
switch, two operation modes can be selected:
*The switch blinks.
7RUHWXUQWRWKHSUHFHHGLQJVFUHHQPRYH
WKHFXUVRUWRWKH>+:6(/(&7@DWWKHWRS
RIWKHVFUHHQDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
2UPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>212))@DQG
FDOOWKH212))SRVLWLRQVHWWLQJVFUHHQE\
WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
:KHQVZLWFKLVVHOHFWHG
When switch was selected, ON/OFF position
setting is also performed.
:KHQ \RX ZDQW WR FKDQJH WKH PRGH
PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR >02'(@ LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWD LQSXW PRGH 6ZLWFK WKH GLVSOD\
WR WKH PRGH \RX ZDQW WR FKDQJH E\
VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWKHQPDNH
WKHFKDQJHE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
ŏ0RGH>/,1@>6<0@
*Set the ON/Off point by the method described on the next page.
$OWHUQDWHPRGHVHWWLQJ
*The ON/OFF setting state of each position is displayed.
:KHQ \RX ZDQW WR FKDQJH WKH 212))
VHWWLQJXVHWKHWRXFKVHQVRUWRPRYHWKH
FXUVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFK
WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH 6ZLWFK WKH 21
2IIGLVSOD\E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
*ON/OFF display blinks.
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGWKH21
2)) VHWWLQJ LV FKDQJHG 7RXFK WKH 6
EXWWRQWRVWRSWKHFKDQJH
7RUHWXUQWRWKHSUHFHHGLQJVFUHHQPRYH
WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >212))@ DW WKH WRS RI
WKHVFUHHQDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
166 <Appendix>
ŏ$/7(51$7(PRGH>2))@>21@
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >$/7(51$7(@ LWHP
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
&KDQJH WR WKH PRGH \RX ZDQW WR VHW E\
VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
*The mode display blinks.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7RXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
WRVWRSWKHFKDQJH
7R UHWXUQ WR WKH SUHFHHGLQJ VFUHHQ PRYH
WKHFXUVRUWRWKH>212))@DWWKHWRSRIWKH
VFUHHQDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
2SHUDWLRQPRGHV
The operation modes available when stick, trim
lever, or knob was selected are described below.
6KLIWLQJWKH212IISRLQW
The ON/OFF point can be shifted. ON/OFF at
a free position can be changed.
/LQHDUPRGH>/,1@
ŏ%ODFNUDQJH2))UDQJH
ŏ:KLWHUDQJH21UDQJH
This mode sets ON/OFF to the left or right (up
or down) with the set point as the reference.
6\PPHWULFDOPRGH>6<0@
[Setting method]
)LUVW XVH WKH WRXFK VHQVRU WR PRYH WKH
FXUVRUWRWKH>326@LWHP
0RYHWKHVWLFNWULPOHYHURUNQREWRWKH
SRLQW\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQ7KHSRLQWLVVKLIWHG
7RUHWXUQWRWKHSUHFHHGLQJVFUHHQPRYH
WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >212))@ DW WKH WRS RI
WKHVFUHHQDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
Left and right (up and down) operations are
symmetrical near the neutral position. For instance,
when you want to switch D/R with the aileron
stick, when the stick is moved to the left or right,
DR can be turned on at the same position.
<Appendix>
167
/RJLFVZLWFK&RQGLWLRQ6HOHFWIXQFWLRQRQO\
The logic switch function lets you turn operation on and off by combining two switches.
/RJLFPRGH
$1' :KHQ ERWK VZLWFKHV DUH 21 WKH
FRQGLWLRQLV21
25:KHQHLWKHUVZLWFKLV21WKHFRQGLWLRQ
LV21
(;25 :KHQ WKH WZR VZLWFKHV DUH LQ
GLIIHUHQWVWDWHVWKHFRQGLWLRQLV21
6ZLWFKPRGHVHOHFWLRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >6,1*/(@ LWHP DQG
WRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH >/2*,&@ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
*[LOGIC] display blinks.
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WR WKH
ORJLFVZLWFKPRGH
/RJLFVZLWFKVHWWLQJVFUHHQ
/RJLFPRGHVHOHFWLRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH ORJLF PRGH LWHP
DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH ORJLF PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
WRXFKVHQVRU>$1'25RU(;25@
*The mode display blinks.
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WR WKH
ORJLFPRGH
6ZLFKVHOHFWLRQ
6HOHFWWKHULJKWDQGOHIWVZLWFKUHVSHFWLYHO\
5HIHU WR WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH SUHYLRXV
SDJH
7R UHWXUQ WR WKH SUHFHHGLQJ VFUHHQ PRYH
WKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6:,7&+@DWWKHWRSRIWKH
VFUHHQDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
FUTABA CORPORATION Phone: +81 475 32 6982, Facsimile: +81 475 32 6983
1080 Yabutsuka, Chosei-mura, Chosei-gun, Chiba-ken, 299-4395, Japan
©FUTABA CORPORATION
168 <Appendix>
2012, 12 (2)
Download PDF
Similar pages